Quarterlytics / Thruvision

Thruvision

thru · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker thru
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Thruvision
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

h

r

u

v

i

s

i

o

n

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Annual Report
and Accounts
2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview

01

Highlights of the year

Strategic report

02

04

05

07

Chairman’s statement

Update on strategy

Business review

Financial review

Governance

13

14

21

29

37

38

Directors’ biographies

Directors’ report

 Corporate governance report

Remuneration report

 Directors’ responsibility statement – 
Group financial statement

 Independent auditors’ report  
to the members of Thruvision Group plc

Financial statements

45

46

47

48

49

50

85

86

87

88

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Notes to the financial information

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities – 
Company financial statements

Company balance sheet

Company statement of changes in equity

Notes to the Company financial information

Other information

96

100

Thruvision Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting

Officers and professional advisors

Highlights	of	the	year

•	Completion	of	sale	of	Thruvision	Group	
PLC’s	Video	Business	in	October	2017.

•	Total	revenues	(including	discontinued	

operations)	of	£16.2	million	 
(2017:	£26.8	million)	and	total	loss	of	
£19.6	million	(2017:	£16.7	million).	

FOR THRUVISION CONTINUING 
OPERATIONS (THE COMPANY):

•	Revenues	of	£3.1	million	(2017:	£2.0	

million)	with	loss	before	tax	for	
continuing	operations	of	£3.2	million	
(2017:	£1.1	million);	

•	Business	performance	close	to	

breakeven	in	H2	with	operating	EBITDA	
loss	of	(£0.1)	million	in	H2,	before	PLC	
costs;	

•	A	record	number	of	54	Thruvision	units	
shipped	in	the	second	half	across	our	
4	target	markets	(giving	57	for	the	full	
year)	with	several	new	international	
customers	acquired,	repeat	sales	to	
existing	customers	and	a	strengthening	
international	sales	pipeline;

•	Successfully	completed	

US	Transportation	Security	
Administration	(TSA)	mass	transit	
testing	and,	since	period	end,	started	
testing	with	TSA’s	future	aviation	
checkpoint	security	programme;	

•	Cash	at	31	March	2018	of	£17.6	million	

(31	Oct	2017:	£17.1	million);

•	Process	to	return	up	to	£8.0	million	of	
cash	to	Shareholders	through	tender	
offer,	expected	to	take	place	over	
summer	2018.

Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018	

01

Thruvision Group plc

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r
i

n
f
o
r
m
a
ti
o
n

 
 
 
Strategic	report	

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 
A YEAR OF CHANGE
This	was	a	year	of	significant	change	for	the	business.	
Following	a	strategic	review	in	early	2017,	we	initiated	
a	process	that	resulted	in	the	sale	of	our	Video	
Business	to	Volpi	Capital.	Since	October	2017,	this	has	
allowed	us	to	focus	all	resources	on	the	very	exciting	
prospects	for	our	highly	innovative	people-screening	
technology,	Thruvision.	With	record	numbers	of	units	
shipped	since	completion	of	the	Video	Business	sale	
and	momentum	continuing	to	build,	we	are	now	
confident	that	a	large,	new,	international	and	varied	
market	for	Thruvision	exists.

UPDATE ON THE SALE OF THE VIDEO 
BUSINESS AND RETURNING CASH TO 
SHAREHOLDERS
The	sale	of	the	Video	Business	completed	on	
31	October	2017	for	an	initial	cash	consideration	of	
£25.5	million	with	further	deferred	consideration	
conditional	on	a	number	of	performance	conditions	
being	met	in	the	12-month	period	post-completion.	
Full	separation	of	the	Video	Business	has	now	been	
completed.	We	do	retain	one	link	between	our	two	
companies,	with	the	Video	Business	acting	as	a	 
value-added	reseller	for	Thruvision	in	a	limited	
number	of	Asian	countries.

After	transaction	related	costs	and	repaying	
outstanding	debt,	and	with	strong	trading	
performance	since	completion	of	the	sale,	the	
Company	had	£17.6	million	cash	on	31	March	2018.	
As	announced	in	early	March	2018,	a	process	to	return	
up	to	£8.0	million	to	Shareholders	through	a	tender	
offer	is	well	underway	and	is	expected	to	conclude	in	
the	summer	of	this	year.

02

THRUVISION STRATEGIC SUMMARY
Thruvision	is	a	proven,	people-screening	technology	
for	the	‘stand-off’	detection	of	weapons,	explosives	
and	contraband	concealed	under	clothing.	It	is	a	
specialist	thermal	camera,	operating	in	the	terahertz	
range	of	the	electromagnetic	spectrum,	which	sees	
the	size,	shape	and	location	of	concealed	items	as	
blockages	of	body	heat	emanating	from	a	person.

The	Thruvision	technology	was	acquired	by	the	
Company	in	2012.	Since	then,	significant	effort	has	
been	invested	in	taking	what	was	a	very	early	stage,	
pioneering	counter-terrorism	technology	to	the	point	
where	today,	it	has	the	following	characteristics:

• Operationally proven technology:	a	solution	to	
current	counter-terrorism	challenges	which	has	
been	successfully	tested	by	the	US	Government’s	
Transportation	Security	Administrator	(TSA),	a	
leading	accreditor	of	new	security	technology;

• Limited competition and simplicity of deployment: 
although	there	are	many	‘airport-style’	stand-inside	
screening	systems	deployed	globally,	Thruvision	has	
the	great	advantage	of	stand-off	operation	(i.e.	with	
a	detection	range	up	to	10	metres)	and	simple,	
standalone	deployment,	avoiding	the	need	for	
complex	integration	into	existing	infrastructure;

• Multiple markets at an early stage of development: 
Thruvision	was	originally	developed	for	the	counter-
terrorism	market	but	has	now	also	demonstrated	
applicability	in	other	markets,	namely	customs	
applications	(cash	and	narcotics	smuggling)	and	 
loss-prevention	(theft	from	distribution	centres	
and	factories);	and

• Technology fully productised: unlike	possible	

competitors,	Thruvision	technology	is	now	fully	
productised,	with	repeatable	manufacturing	
processes	now	proven,	and	an	active,	customer-
funded	research	and	development	programme	
in	place.

A	substantial	new	international	opportunity,	covering	
the	distinct	counter-terrorism,	customs	and	border	
control,	and	commercial	loss	prevention	markets,	is	
becoming	available.	With	each	of	these	potentially	
comprising	many	thousands	of	units	over	the	next	
5	years,	and	with	Thruvision’s	key	differentiators	now	
in	place,	the	Board	believes	that	an	opportunity	exists	
to	drive	rapid,	organic	and	profitable	growth	of	
the	business.

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018SIGNIFICANT STRATEGIC PROGRESS IN H2
As	well	as	achieving	record	unit	sales,	significant	
strategic	progress	has	been	made	in	the	last	few	
months.

Firstly,	following	contracted	delivery	of	a	new	
Thruvision	product	to	TSA	mass	transit	in	2017,	we	
successfully	completed	operational	pilots	with	TSA	
and	mass	transit	operators	in	New	York	and	
Los	Angeles	early	in	2018,	generating	widespread	
positive	media	coverage.	TSA	publicly	described	these	
pilots	as	‘very	promising’	and	Thruvision	has	
additionally	now	started	testing	as	part	of	TSA’s	future	
aviation	security	checkpoint	programme.	Other	
US	Federal	Government	agencies	are	also	showing	
strong	interest	across	the	counter-terrorism	and	
customs	markets.

Excellent	progress	has	also	been	made	in	the	loss	
prevention	market,	where	retail	and	logistics	
organisations	are	concerned	about	reducing	staff	theft	
from	distribution	centres	and	factories.	With	
customers	reporting	theft	being	reduced	by	up	to	
80%,	we	are	seeing	accelerating	uptake	of	Thruvision	
technology,	with	purchases	by	leading	brands,	
including	Sony	and	JD	Sports,	since	period	end.	Given	
this	is	a	global	market,	we	are	increasingly	confident	
about	strong	growth	potential	here.

Following	sales	into	Hong	Kong	over	several	years	and	
a	further	order	received	in	the	reporting	period,	we	
are	seeing	increased	interest	in	Thruvision	from	China.	
Working	with	both	our	Hong	Kong	based	partner	and	
its	Chinese	parent	Company,	we	received	2	smaller	
pilot	deployment	orders	and	with	Thruvision	now	
certified	for	sale	in	China,	we	have	a	number	of	
strategic	opportunities	across	customs	and	 
counter-terrorism	markets.

Finally,	TSA	publicity	has	given	the	international	
counter-terrorism	market	confidence	in	Thruvision	
performance.	This	helped	us	secure	orders	in	the	half	
from	Saudi	Arabia	and	the	Philippines,	with	an	
international	sales	pipeline	across	Asia	Pacific,	
Middle	East	and	Europe.

PEOPLE
The	splitting	of	a	business	such	as	we	have	achieved	
in	the	past	year	is	a	very	unsettling	time	for	its	
people	and	I	would	like	to	thank	all	colleagues,	past	
and	present,	for	their	support	and	commitment	
during	the	year.	I’d	like	to	take	this	opportunity	to	
wish	our	ex	colleagues	well	in	their	new	home	with	
Volpi	Capital	and	hope	that	the	increased	focus	they	
can	now	apply	to	the	video	market	will	pay	dividends	
for	them.	The	smaller	Thruvision	team	which	remains	
is	now	a	much	more	specialised	and	focused	group	
with	exceptionally	high	morale	and	motivation	which	
bodes	well	for	our	future.

Finally,	we	welcomed	Ian	Lindsay	as	our	new	Finance	
Director	in	March	2018.	With	a	more	commercially-
focused	finance	background,	Ian	rounds	out	the	
senior	management	team.	Given	the	Company’s	now	
much	simpler	financial	structure	Ian	will	be	free	to	
devote	a	material	amount	of	his	time	to	help	drive	
the	growth	of	the	business.

OUTLOOK
In	the	months	since	divesting	the	Video	Business,	
Thruvision	has	made	significant	progress.	In	addition	
to	achieving	record	sales,	Thruvision’s	technical	
performance	has	been	successfully	tested	by	TSA,	
and	the	business	has	expanded	into	the	customs	and	
loss	prevention	markets	from	its	counter-terrorism	
starting	point.	Excluding	PLC	costs,	the	Company	
operated	close	to	break-even	in	the	second	half	of	the	
year	and	demonstrated	its	ability	to	manage	working	
capital	effectively.

This	momentum	has	been	carried	forward	into	the	
new	financial	year,	with	orders	from	existing	Asian	
government	and	UK-based	loss	prevention	customers,	
and	new	customer	orders	from	household	names	
including	Sony	and	JD	Sports.	With	a	growing	sales	
pipeline	and	initiatives	to	increase	production	capacity	
in	the	UK	and	US	well	underway,	the	business	is	
trading	in	line	with	management’s	expectations.	The	
Board	therefore	remains	confident	that	Thruvision	is	
very	well	placed	to	become	a	leading	new	technology	
provider	to	the	international	security	market.

03

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOverviewStrategic reportStrategic	report	continued

UPDATE ON STRATEGY
With	much	higher	levels	of	market	engagement	since	
the	divestment	of	the	Video	Business,	we	have	
significantly	improved	our	understanding	of	how	
Thruvision	compares	with	other	types	of	security	
screening	technology	and	users’	expectations	of	such	
solutions.	This	has	allowed	us	to	identify	the	most	
attractive	market	segments,	and	we	have	focused	
our	sales	and	marketing	efforts	heavily	on	these	areas	
with	good	immediate	returns.

THRUVISION COMPETITIVE POSITIONING
We	have	fully	validated	Thruvision’s	significant	
advantages	over	other	types	of	people-screening	
technology.	In	particular,	Thruvision:

• provides	instant,	real-time	video	showing	the	size,	

shape	and	location	of	items	concealed	in	clothing	at	
distances	of	up	to	10	metres;

• detects	all	types	of	material	–	powders,	plastics,	

liquids,	organics,	ceramics,	paper	as	well	as	metallics	
–	filling	the	security	gap	left	by	metal	detectors;

• has	a	lower	cost	of	ownership	than	alternative	

technologies;

• does	not	reveal	anatomical	details	of	the	individuals	
screened	thereby	eliminating	privacy	issues	raised	
by	some	other	types	of	technology;

• allows	much	higher	throughput	of	people	being	

screened	–	over	2,000	people	per	hour	–	reducing	
queuing	and	inconvenience;

• is	a	passive,	receive-only	sensor	and	emits	no	

ionizing	radiation,	meaning	there	are	no	safety	
issues	associated	with	its	use.

MOST ATTRACTIVE MARKET AREAS
Based	on	this	competitive	positioning,	we	have	further	
refined	our	focus	on	4	distinct	market	areas,	each	
offering	good	levels	of	solution	repeatability	across	a	
broad	range	of	international	markets,	as	follows:

• Loss Prevention:	screening	staff	for	items	stolen	

from	distribution	centres	or	factories.	The	market	is	
characterised	by	a	potentially	very	large	number	of	
customers	each	of	which	may	purchase	tens	of	units	
over	a	3-year	period.	With	a	clear	financial	return	on	
investment	driving	purchasing,	short	sales	cycles	
have	been	demonstrated.

• Customs:	screening	travellers	for	prohibited	items	

such	as	cash	and	drugs	at	all	types	of	border	
including	airports,	land	crossing,	seaports,	cruise	
liner	terminals,	bridges	and	railway	stations.	
Customers	are	national	government	agencies	
meaning	that	total	order	quantities	could	be	
substantial	although	sales	cycles	are	extended.

• Transportation:	screening	travellers	for	suicide	vests	

and	large	guns	in	railways,	subways	and	airport	
concourses,	and	for	smaller	threat	items	at	airport	
security	checkpoints.	Customers	are	either	
governments	or	public	sector	and	a	combination	of	
national	and	city	/	region	organisations.	Use	cases	
range	from	ubiquitous	coverage	of	airport	
checkpoints	to	use	of	a	fleet	of	rapidly	deployable	
units	for	high-visibility	‘pop-up’	deterrence-based	
checkpoints	in	the	mass	transit	system.

• Entrance protection:	screening	visitors	for	all	types	

of	weapon	at	entrances	to	high	profile	or	high	
security	buildings,	sports	and	entertainment	venues	
and	other	public	venues.	Covering	both	public	and	
private	sector	sites,	the	aim	here	is	to	ensure	sites	
are	protected	from	non-metallic	threat	items	and	
to	speed	up	the	process	of	screening	visitors.

04

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018BUSINESS REVIEW
SALES
We	had	a	record	year	for	sales	of	Thruvision	units	as	
the	benefits	of	clear	branding	and	market	positioning,	
strengthening	TSA	reference	ability,	and	enhanced	
management	focus	fed	through.	A	total	of	57	units	
were	shipped	in	the	year,	with	54	of	these	in	the	
5-month	period	from	October.	These	were	spread	
reasonably	evenly	across	our	4	markets	–	loss	
prevention,	mass	transit,	entrance	protection	and	
customs,	and	included	10	new	customers.	Highlights	
by	region	were	as	follows:

• EMEA:	good	progress	was	made	in	developing	sales	

into	the	loss	prevention	market,	with	3	new	
customers	added	and	a	significant	pipeline	of	
opportunity	developed.	By	volume,	our	biggest	sales	
came	from	a	new	customer	in	Saudi	Arabia,	
attracted	by	TSA	publicity,	which	offers	follow-on	
potential.	We	also	continued	to	work	closely	with	
the	British	Government	on	its	public	area	safety	
initiative	and	we	expect	this	to	yield	sales	in	FY19.	

• APAC:	our	Hong	Kong	customer	continued	to	build	

out	its	fleet	of	Thruvision	units	which	is	now	
entering	its	fifth	year	of	operations.	We	were	able	to	
use	this	to	open	up	discussions	in	China	resulting	in	
a	new	customer	sale,	and	other	trials	which	we	
expect	to	yield	sales	in	FY19.	We	also	won	an	order	
from	the	Philippines	for	mass	transit	security	with	
follow-on	potential	and,	since	period	end,	a	 
follow-on	order	from	Vietnam	Customs.	Through	
partners,	we	continued	to	build	pipeline	into	
countries	including	Australia	and	India.

• Americas:	we	focused	heavily	here	on	continuing	
to	drive	Thruvision	product	development	and	
acceptance	through	TSA.	We	also	won	a	couple	of	
small	orders	and	recognised	a	modest	amount	of	
R&D	revenue	from	the	TSA	mass	transit	contract	
awarded	in	FY17.	With	Thruvision	now	having	
successfully	completed	TSA	testing,	we	are	well	
poised	to	secure	sales	with	US	mass	transit	
operators	and	federal	government	agencies	in	
FY19.	Separately,	we	expect	to	make	progress	in	
the	Loss	Prevention	market	in	North	America.

ROUTES TO MARKET
In	addition	to	being	much	more	focused	on	the	4	main	
market	areas,	we	have	also	looked	closely	how	best	to	
generate	new	sales	leads,	and	the	role	played	by	our	
value-added	resellers.

Given	the	new	capability	offered	by	Thruvision,	we	
have	worked	hard	to	better	explain	how	to	use	the	
technology	and	built	this	into	an	upgraded	marketing	
approach.	This	has	started	yielding	many	more	direct	
enquiries	from	around	the	world,	particularly	since	the	
heavily	publicised	TSA-sponsored	operational	pilots	in	
New	York	and	Los	Angeles.	We	qualify	these	enquiries	
ourselves	and	then	work	with	our	end-customers	to	
identify	local	partners	as	necessary.

As	we	build	up	our	brand	and	win	more	and	more	
referenceable	customers	in	each	of	our	geographic	
regions	and	market	areas,	we	expect	to	be	able	to	sell	
more	indirectly.	We	continued	to	concentrate	on	
revalidating	and	retraining	existing	value-added	
reseller	partners	to	focus	more	closely	on	the	4	market	
areas	we	are	now	concentrating	on,	and	only	to	
appoint	new	partners	in	countries	where	strong,	
sustainable	interest	in	Thruvision	exists.

MANUFACTURING
Through	the	course	of	the	year,	we	have	proved	that,	
with	support	from	our	key	suppliers,	we	can	
manufacture	at	up	to	20	units	per	month,	with	high	
quality	levels.	Looking	forward,	we	plan	to	run	
monthly	production	at	a	level	consistent	with	the	
steady	flow	of	smaller	orders	that	we	have	started	to	
win,	with	the	knowledge	that	we	can	raise	production	
levels	in	response	to	specific	sales	opportunities	as	
they	firm	up.

Mindful	of	strategic	progress	with	the	US	Government,	
we	also	initiated	a	process	of	identifying	and	training-
up	a	suitably	qualified	US	manufacturing	partner	
which	will	provide	us	with	unit	assembly,	ship	and	
support	capability	in	Florida,	and	expand	production	
capacity	further.	We	expect	this	partner	to	come	fully	
online	during	the	summer	of	2018,	and	it	will	also	give	
us	a	technology	transfer	model	to	reuse	in	other	
countries	if	necessary.

05

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOverviewStrategic reportSTAFF
We	recruited	extra	sales	resource	in	October	2017,	
resulting	in	an	immediate	uptick	in	sales	volumes	and	
we	have	since	added	a	handful	of	individuals	in	pre-
sales	and	manufacturing	roles	as	activity	levels	
increased.	After	an	unsettling	period	during	the	
divestment	last	summer,	staff	morale	is	now	very	good	
and	we	initiated	a	new	Company	Share-option	
scheme	towards	the	end	of	the	period	to	retain	and	
incentivise	all	staff.	This,	plus	the	very	interesting	
nature	of	our	technology,	should	allow	us	to	attract	
further	specifically	skilled	individuals	to	the	
Company	in	the	coming	months	to	continue	to	
strengthen	the	team.

In	the	US,	we	have	been	utilising	part-time	marketing	
support	to	increase	Thruvision	awareness.	We	expect	
modest	growth	in	sales	and	pre-sales	headcount	here	
in	due	course.

Strategic	report	continued

NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
We	have	a	very	active	R&D	programme	being	driven	
by	customer	requirements,	and	with	customer	funding	
in	a	number	of	cases.	Our	focus	is	on	broadening	our	
product	portfolio	in	time	to	cover	all	our	key	market	
areas,	from	the	more	price	sensitive	commercial	loss	
prevention	and	entrance	protection	markets,	to	the	
more	system-performance	driven	needs	of	various	
government	agencies	internationally.

Our	new	Thruvision	TAC	product,	developed	
specifically	for	the	TSA	and	US	Government,	provides	
us	with	a	completely	redesigned,	modular	hardware	
architecture.	Coming	into	full	production	in	summer	
2018,	it	offers	improved	range,	image	quality	and	
usability.	It	also	forms	part	of	ongoing,	funded	TSA	
development	which	will	deliver	a	new	outdoor	variant	
in	early	2019.

We	also	made	software	improvements,	including	
adding	Chinese	language	support	which	should	
support	ongoing	sales	efforts	in	this	region.

IP PROTECTION
We	have	an	ongoing	programme	to	look	at	our	patent	
portfolio	and	to	identify	the	most	appropriate	ways	to	
protect	the	new	innovations	resulting	from	our	R&D	
work.	Part	of	this	activity	includes	an	assessment	of	
enforceability	in	certain	high-risk	geographies	and	how	
best	to	manage	this	risk.

FACILITIES
As	part	of	the	process	of	separating	from	the	Video	
Business,	we	have	taken	on	new	premises	in	the	
Washington	DC	area.	This	is	being	equipped	with	full	
product	demonstration	facilities	and	will	support	our	
continuing	brand	building	efforts	into	US	Government.	
We	are	also	in	the	process	of	providing	similar	
customer	facing	facilities	at	our	UK	HQ	and	
reconfiguring	manufacturing	areas	to	provide	extra	
capacity	moving	forwards.

06

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018FINANCIAL REVIEW
INTRODUCTION
Significant	changes	to	the	Group	were	made	during	
the	reporting	period.	Following	a	strategic	review,	the	
Group’s	Video	Business	was	sold	on	31	October	2017	
allowing	management	to	focus	exclusively	on	the	
people-screening	technology,	Thruvision.	The	reasons	
for	the	disposal	and	subsequent	impact	on	trading	
prospects	and	balance	sheet	strength	are	given	in	the	
Interim	Report	dated	15	December	2017	and	the	
market	announcement	regarding	the	disposal	made	
on	9	October	2017.

The	results	presented	in	this	report	therefore	cover	
seven	(7)	months	of	the	complete	Group’s	trading	
(that	is	the	Video	Business	and	Thruvision)	and	five	
(5)	months	of	standalone	Thruvision	business	trading	
(including	Group	overheads).	The	following	terms	are	
used	throughout:

• Continuing	Operations	–	refers	to	Thruvision	

• Video	and	Thruvision	businesses	were	separated.

• Discontinued	Operations	–	refers	to	the	Video	

Business	and	discontinued	central	costs.

FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR THRUVISION 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
For	the	year	ended	31	March	2018,	Thruvision	
revenues	from	Continuing	Operations	grew	53%	to	
£3.1	million	(2017:	£2.1	million)	and	an	Operating	Loss	
of	(£2.5)	million	(2017	loss:	(£2.1)	million).	While	
revenues	grew	healthily,	losses	widened	as	a	result	of	
the	Thruvision	business	putting	in	place	its	own,	
dedicated	sales	team	which	had	previously	been	
provided	by	the	Video	Business	and	increased	
manufacturing	capability	to	fulfil	increased	unit	
volumes.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 
(‘KPIs’)
The	Group	consider	the	following	to	be	our	KPIs	which	
track	the	trading	performance	and	position	of	the	
business.

FINANCIAL KPIs

Revenue
Average	revenue	per	unit
Gross	Profit
Gross	Margin
Overheads	
Operating	(loss)

NON-FINANCIAL KPIs

No	of	units	sold
Number	of	staff	at	31	March

2018  
£’000
3,103
51
1,079
35%
(3,654)
(2,524)

2017	 
£’000
2,024
60
878
43%
(2,933)
(2,055)

2018 
57
23

2017	
15
20

REVENUE
Thruvision	revenues	from	Continuing	Operations	grew	
53%	to	£3.1	million	(2017:	£2.0	million).	Revenues	from	
unit	sales	contributed	£2.9	million	(2017:	£0.9	million),	
and	development	revenue	from	the	US	Transport	
Security	Administration	£0.2	million	(2017:	£1.1	
million).	The	growth	in	revenues	over	the	prior	year	
reflects	strong	growth	in	organic	unit	sales	in	our	
main	markets,	with	unit	volumes	increasing	to	
57	(2017:	15	units).	

Revenue
Units
Development
Total 

2018
£’000
2,895
208
3,103

2017
£’000
903
1,121
2,024

The	principal	growth	driver	for	the	business	is	unit	
sales	and,	while	we	expect	to	continue	to	be	awarded	
customer	funded	development	contracts,	we	do	not	
expect	this	to	from	a	material	proportion	of	revenues	
moving	forwards.

07

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOverviewStrategic reportStrategic	report	continued

GROSS MARGIN
Gross	margin	for	Thruvision	Continuing	Operations	
reduced	to	35%	in	the	year	(2017:	43%).	The	lower	
gross	margin	compared	to	prior	year	is	due	to	
development	revenues	contributing	a	higher	gross	
margin	than	unit	sales	in	the	prior	year,	with	
development	revenues	representing	7%	of	revenue	in	
2018	(2017:	55%).	The	gross	margin	attributable	to	unit	
revenues	increased	to	34%	(2017:	32%).

Gross	Margin
Unit	Revenue
Unit	Gross	Margin
Gross margin %

Development	Revenue
Development	Gross	Margin	
Gross margin %

Overall Revenue
Overall Gross Margin
Gross margin %

2018  
£’000
2,895
991
34%

208
88
42%

3,103
1,079
35%

2017	 
£’000
903
290
32%

1,121
588
52%

2,024
878
43%

With	Thruvision’s	market	strategy	now	much	clearer,	
focus	moving	forward	will	be	on	the	ongoing	
improvement	of	unit	gross	margin.	We	expect	this	to	
be	achieved	through	a	combination	of	higher	sales	
values	being	achieved	for	the	new	Thruvision	TAC	
product	and	manufacturing	cost	reduction	work.

OVERHEADS
Overhead	increased	by	25%	to	£3.6	million	
(2017:	£2.9	million).	The	£0.7	million	was	principally	
due	to	a	£0.6	million	full	year	cost	incurred	by	the	
need	to	put	in	place	a	dedicated	Thruvision	sales	
team	following	the	divestment	of	the	Video	Business.	
Manufacturing	and	R&D	costs	increased	by	
£0.1	million	to	fulfil	unit	volume	growth.

Looking	forward,	we	expect	to	see	sales	and	
marketing,	and	to	a	lesser	extent,	manufacturing	and	
R&D,	costs	increase	but	at	a	rate	below	the	headline	
growth	rate	of	the	business.	We	do	not	expect	to	
materially	increase	management	and	administration	
or	PLC	costs	in	the	near-term.

LOSS FOR THE YEAR
The	Adjusted	Operating	Loss	(including	depreciation,	
Share	based	payment	charges	and	amortization	of	
intangibles	originally	recognized	on	acquisition)	for	
Thruvision	Continuing	Operations	was	(£2.5)	million	
(2017	loss:	(£2.1)	million).	This	increase	was	due	to	
Thruvision	putting	in	place	its	own,	dedicated	sales	
team	which	had	previously	been	provided	by	the	
Video	Business,	and	expanding	the	Manufacturing	
function	to	fulfil	unit	volume	increases.

The	Total	Operating	Loss	(including,	intercompany	
finance	charges	and	tax)	for	Thruvision	Continuing	
Operations	was	(£3.1)	million	(2017:	(£1.0)	million)	
principally	driven	by	increased	administration	costs	to	put	
in	place	a	dedicated	Thruvision	sales	team	and	by	income	
attributable	to	foreign	currency	gains	on	intercompany	
loans	in	the	prior	year	as	detailed	in	the	table	below.

Continuing operations
Operating loss
Finance	revenue
Finance	costs
Loss before tax
Income	tax
Loss for the period / year from 
continuing operations
Loss for the period / year from 
discontinued operations

Year ended
31 March 
2018
£’000
(2,524)
70
(758)
(3,212)
90

Year	ended
31	March	
2017
£’000
(2,055)
1,870
(906)
(1,091)
129

(17,130)

(962)

(17,130)
(20,252)

(15,718)
(16,680)

Overheads
Sales	and	marketing
Manufacturing	and	R&D
Property	and	administration
PLC	costs
Share-based	payment	charge
Total Overheads

2018  
£’000
805
708
658
1,431
52
3,654

2017	 
£’000
239
570
532
1,479
113
2,933

Finance	revenue	includes	a	£nil	(2017:	£1,862,000)	
foreign	exchange	gain	on	a	USD	denominated	
intercompany	loan	due	to	the	US	dollar	strengthening	
from	1.43	to	1.25	during	the	year	ended	31	March	
2017.	

Finance	costs	includes	a	£486,000	(2017:	£nil)	foreign	
exchange	loss	on	a	USD	denominated	intercompany	
loan	due	to	the	US	dollar	weakening	from	1.25	to	1.34	
in	the	7	month	period	to	31	October	2017.

08

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018As	a	result	of	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	a	
£701,000	foreign	exchange	gain	was	recognised.	
This	gain	does	not	get	recorded	in	the	Group’s	
Consolidated	Income	Statement	and	passes	through	
the	Consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	
income.

Full	year	results,	covering	seven	(7)	months	of	the	
complete	Group’s	trading	(that	is	the	Video	Business	
and	Thruvision)	and	five	(5)	months	of	standalone	
Thruvision	business	trading	(including	Group	
overheads)	were	revenues	of	£16.2	million	
(2017	twelve	(12)	month	period:	£26.7	million)	and	a	
total	loss	of	(£19.5)	million	(2017	twelve	(12)	month	
period:	(£16.7)	million).

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In	the	seven	(7)	month	period	to	31	October	2017,	
Discontinued	Operations	generated	revenue	of	£13.1	
million	(2017	twelve	(12)	month	period:	£24.5	million)	
and	a	total	loss	of	(£16.4)	million	(2017	twelve	(12)	
month	period:	(£15.8)	million).	

TAXATION
As	a	result	of	brought-forward	tax	losses	we	do	not	
expect	to	pay	the	full	rate	of	UK	corporation	tax	next	
financial	year.	The	continuing	Income	Statement	tax	
credit	for	the	year	of	£90,000	(2017:	£129,000)	relates	
to	the	R&D	tax	credit.

At	31	March	2018,	the	Group	had	unutilised	tax	losses	
carried	forward	of	approximately	£8.7	million	 
(2017:	£56.7	million	–	split	£7.1	million	Continuing	
Operations,	£49.6	million	Discontinued	Operations).	
Given	the	varying	degrees	of	uncertainty	as	to	the	
timescale	of	utilisation	of	these	losses,	the	Group	has	
not	recognised	£1.5	million	(2017:	£9.3	million)	of	
potential	deferred	tax	assets	associated	with	
£8.7	million	(2016:	£56.2	million)	of	these	losses.

At	31	March	2018,	the	Group’s	net	deferred	tax	
liability	stood	at	£nil	million	(2017:	£nil	million	
continuing,	£0.6	million	discontinued,	total	
£0.6	million).

LOSS PER SHARE
The	reported	loss	per	Share	on	Continuing	Operations	
is	1.89	pence	(2017	loss:	0.58	pence).	The	adjusted	loss	
per	Share	on	Continuing	Operations	is	1.70	pence	
(2017	loss:	0.20	pence).	These	calculations	include	the	
finance	income	and	finance	costs	included	in	the	
Loss	for	the	Year	Section	above	which	distort	both	
year’s	results.	

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
On	12	March	2018,	the	Group	announced	its	intention	
to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	Shareholders,	and	in	
order	to	be	able	to	undertake	that	it	proposed	
cancellation	of	the	Share	Premium	Account	and	
Capital	Redemption	Reserve.	The	cancellation	was	
approved	at	the	General	Meeting	held	on	28	March	
2018,	and	was	subsequently	confirmed	by	the	High	
Court	on	1	May	2018.	As	a	result,	£109,078,000	and	
£4,786,000	was	cancelled	from	the	Share	Premium	
Account	and	Capital	Redemption	Reserve	respectively	
creating	distributable	reserves	of	£113,864,000.

CASH AND TREASURY
The	Group	had	a	net	cash	balance	of	£17.6	million	on	
31	March	2018	(2017:	£1.0	million).

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
The	£17.6	million	net	cash	balance	is	principally	due	to	
the	completion	of	sale	of	Thruvision	Group	PLC’s	
Video	Business	in	October	2017	for	an	initial	
consideration	of	£25.5	million,	less	the	repayment	of	
the	Investec	revolving	credit	facility	of	£7.6	million	on	
31	October	2017.

The	£16.6	million	year	on	year	increase	in	net	cash	can	
be	broken	down	as	follows:

Net	cash	flow	from	operating	
activity	before	working	capital	
adjustments
Working	capital	adjustments
R&D	tax	received
Net cash flow from 
operating activity
Net	cash	flow	from	
investing	activities
Net	cash	flow	from	
financing	activities
Net cash inflow (outflow)
Foreign	exchange	effect	on	cash
Total net cash movement

Year ended
31 March 
2018
£’000

Year	ended
31	March	
2017
£’000

(11,152)
861
762

(10,171)
1,211
523

(9,529)

(8,437)

19,257

(485)

6,894
16,622
(37)
16,585

(549)
(9,471)
(363)
(9,834)

£90,000	of	the	R&D	tax	receipt	above	relates	to	
continuing	operations	(2017:	£129,000).

Cashflow	from	financing	activities	in	2018	includes	
£7,635,000	drawn	down	on	the	loan	to	31	October	
2017	prior	to	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.

09

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOverviewStrategic reportStrategic	report	continued

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
The	£19.3	million	cash	inflow	(2017:	£0.5	million	
outflow)	summarised	below	includes	£1.1	million	
received	in	relation	to	the	purchase	of	Brimtek.

Cash	proceeds	from	disposal	of	
Video	Business
Cash	balance	in	Video	Business	 
at	disposal
Fixed	asset	additions
Interest	received
Recovery	of	purchase	
consideration
Net	cash	inflow	(outflow)

Year ended
31 March 
2018
£’000

Year	ended
31	March 
2017
£’000

19,187

–

(928)
(198)
70

1,126
19,257

–
(792)
19

288
(485)

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	the	£10.0	
million	secured	revolving	credit	facility	provided	by	
Investec	Bank	plc	was	repaid	in	full	and	cancelled	on	
31	October	2017.	A	separate,	unsecured	£5.25	million	
loan	facility	was	also	provided	by	Herald	Investment	
Trust	during	the	reporting	period.	It	was	cancelled	on	
31	October	2017	having	not	been	used.	All	
outstanding	interest	payments	and	charges	have	
settled	within	the	period.

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND 
UNCERTAINTIES
The	Directors	believe	the	following	risks	to	be	the	
most	significant	for	the	Group.	However,	the	risks	
listed	do	not	necessarily	comprise	all	those	associated	
with	the	Group.	In	particular,	the	Company’s	
performance	may	be	affected	by	changes	in	market,	
political	or	economic	conditions	and	in	legal,	
regulatory	and	tax	requirements.

If	any	of	the	following	risks	were	to	materialise,	the	
Company’s	business,	financial	condition,	results	or	
future	operations	could	be	materially	adversely	
affected.	Additional	risks	and	uncertainties	not	
presently	known	to	the	Directors,	or	which	the	
Directors	currently	deem	immaterial	may	also	have	an	
adverse	effect	upon	the	Company.

10

RISKS RELATING TO THE 
GROUP’S BUSINESS

INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION
The	Group’s	future	success	will	depend	in	part	on	its	
ability	to	continue	sell	and	expand	its	operations	
internationally,	requiring	the	Group	to	ensure	any	
impact	from	BREXIT	is	considered	and	mitigated.	Such	
expansion	is	expected	to	place	significant	demands	on	
management,	support	functions,	accounting,	financial	
control,	sales,	marketing	and	other	resources	and	would	
involve	a	number	of	risks,	including:

• developing	good	relationships	with	customers	and	

partners,	and	exploiting	these	to	deliver	sales	of	the	
Group’s	capabilities;

• ensuring	capabilities	are	delivered	successfully	to	
customers	and	partners,	obtaining	appropriate	
contractual	sign-off	and	maintaining	good	levels	of	
customer	satisfaction;

• recruiting	appropriately	skilled	staff;

• putting	in	place	appropriate	governance	and	

controls,	including	meeting	appropriate	legal	and	
financial	obligations;

• ensuring	the	Group	obtains	export	licenses	and	is	

compliant	with	appropriate	export	control	
legislation;	and

• increased	working	capital	requirements.

Mitigation
A	robust	recruitment	process	is	in	place	for	all	Group	
employees	ensuring	that	required	skills	are	available	
to	the	Group	to	facilitate	international	sales	and	
expansion.

An	international	sales	operation,	targeting	key	
geographies	and	partners,	is	in	place	to	ensure	that	
the	major	markets	and	customers	are	identified	and	
addressed.	The	sales	pipeline	is	monitored	on	a	
weekly	basis	in	order	that	sales	performance	below	
expectation	can	be	identified	and	actions	taken	
quickly	to	rectify	the	position.

A	formal	management	structure	to	ensure	that	
managers	have	responsibility	for	project	delivery,	cash	
collections,	governance	and	compliance	is	in	place	
throughout	the	Group	with	a	formal	reporting	structure	
into	the	Board	to	ensure	that	issues	are	identified	early	
and	remedial	action	taken	where	appropriate.

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018DEPENDENCE UPON KEY 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The	Group’s	success	depends	in	part	on	its	ability	to	
protect	its	rights	in	its	intellectual	property.	It	may	be	
possible	for	third	parties	to	obtain	and	use	the	Group’s	
intellectual	property	without	the	Group’s	
authorisation	and	as	such	the	Group	may	become	
involved	in	litigation	which	could	be	costly	and	
time	consuming.

Mitigation
The	Group	relies	upon	various	intellectual	property	
protections,	including	patents,	copyright,	trademarks,	
trade	secrets	and	contractual	provisions	to	preserve	
its	intellectual	property	rights.	These	are	reviewed	
regularly	to	ensure	the	Group	is	adequately	protected	
in	the	most	appropriate	manner	at	all	times.	

COMPETITION
The	Group	has	experienced,	and	expects	to	
continue	to	experience,	competition	from	a	number	
of	companies.	This	competition	may	take	the	form	
of	new	products	and	services	that	better	meet	
industry	needs	and	competitors	who	respond	more	
quickly	to	client	requirements.	In	addition,	
competitors	may	have	greater	financial	or	technical	
resources	than	the	Group.

Mitigation
A	careful	watching	brief	is	maintained	on	competitors	
to	enable	the	Group	to	react	quickly	to	any	change	in	
circumstance	or	technical	developments.	In	addition,	
we	work	closely	with	our	clients	to	ensure	that	we	
understand	their	requirements	and	market	dynamics	
to	ensure	existing	products	are	being	developed	and	
utilised	in	new	and	innovative	ways	to	meet	client	
needs	and	achieve	differentiation.

AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL 
AND CASH FLOW
In	order	to	enable	the	Company	to	progress	through	
further	stages	of	development	it	may	be	desirable	for	
the	Company	to	raise	additional	capital	and	there	can	
be	no	assurance	that	such	funding,	if	required,	will	be	
available	to	the	Company.	The	availability	of	long	or	
short-term	bank	debt	will	depend	on	the	Company’s	
progress	with	stated	strategy	and	trading	prospects.

Mitigation
At	31	March	2018,	cash	of	£17.6	million	is	available	to	
the	Group	from	its	own	resources.	The	Company	

currently	intends	to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	
Shareholders	in	the	coming	months.	This	will	be	
implemented	through	either	a	tender	offer	or	an	
on-market	buyback	programme,	or	a	combination	of	
the	two.	It	is	expected	that	the	remaining	cash	will	be	
sufficient	to	fulfil	the	short	to	medium	term	needs	of	
the	Group.

KEY MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
The	Group	depends	on	the	Directors	and	other	
senior	managers	with	specific	sector	and	industry	
knowledge,	and	in	addition	on	the	recruitment	and	
retention	of	the	services	of	its	key	technical,	sales,	
marketing	and	management	personnel.	Competition	
for	such	personnel	can	be	intense,	and	the	Group	
cannot	give	assurances	that	it	will	be	able	to	attract	
or	retain	such	staff.

Mitigation
The	Remuneration	Committee	annually	reviews	the	
appropriate	remuneration	structure	and	median	
market	levels	in	respect	of	the	Executive	Directors	and	
senior	managers.	It	has	also	met	recently	to	update	
the	Company’s	remuneration	policy	to	ensure	it	
remains	competitive	and	aligned	with	our	objectives.	

A	robust	recruitment	process	is	in	place	for	all	Group	
employees	ensuring	that	required	skills	are	available	to	
the	Group.	In	addition,	an	internal	performance	review	
process	has	been	established	to	ensure,	as	far	as	
possible,	that	employees	are	motivated	and	that	
suitable	remuneration	structures	are	in	place.

MANUFACTURING CAPABILITY
The	Group’s	manufacturing	capability	is	based	at	its	
Oxfordshire	facility	and	loss	of	this	facility	would	cause	
a	short-term	impact	on	the	ability	to	manufacture	and	
hence	deliver	Thruvision	units.	In	addition,	should	a	
significant	increase	in	demand	be	experienced	the	
Group	would	need	to	scale	the	manufacturing	
capability	to	meet	this	demand.

Mitigation
Where	possible,	subsystems	are	outsourced	to	third	
parties	and	a	number	of	different	manufacturing	
partners	have	been	engaged.	It	is	planned	to	invest	
resource	in	the	coming	year	to	identify	additional	
manufacturing	partners	so	that	the	loss	of	any	one	
facility	or	partner	or	a	significant	increase	in	demand	
would	not	have	a	significant	effect	of	the	Group’s	
ability	to	manufacture	and	deliver	Thruvision	products	
or	meet	market	demand.

11

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationOverviewStrategic reportStrategic	report	continued

DELIVERY
The	reputation	of	the	Group	depends	on	effective	and	
timely	delivery	of	its	products	and	services	to	clients.	
Technology	failure,	supplier	failure,	a	performance	
failure	by	a	local	country	partner,	availability	of	key	
components	and/or	failure	to	deliver	promised	services	
in	a	timely	and	efficient	manner	in	accordance	with	the	
contract	terms	could	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	
reputation	and	hence	future	growth	of	the	Group.

Mitigation
In	accordance	with	the	tender	process	all	potential	
contracts	are	subject	to	risk	assessment	to	ascertain	
technical	complexity,	IP	compatibility,	available	
internal	and	external	resource	and	delivery	timescale.	
A	project	plan	is	formulated	to	ensure	that,	should	the	
contract	be	obtained,	the	Group	is	able	to	deliver	the	
project	in	accordance	with	the	contract	terms.

FOREIGN BUSINESS, POLITICAL 
AND ECONOMIC RISKS
The	successful	penetration	of	overseas	markets	by	
the	Group	may	take	longer	than	the	Directors	
currently	expect.

The	Group	contracts	and	expects	to	contract	with	
various	entities	from	around	the	world	including	
prime	system	integrators,	value	added	resellers	and	
directly	with	overseas	clients.	As	a	result,	the	Group	
is	exposed	to	foreign	business,	political	and	economic	
risks	including	managing	customer	and	supplier	
relationships	from	outside	of	their	jurisdiction,	
political	and	economic	instability,	less	developed	
infrastructures,	interest	rate	and	currency	instability,	
exposure	to	possible	litigation	in	foreign	jurisdictions,	
competition	from	foreign-based	service	providers	
and	the	existence	of	protectionist	laws	and	business	
practices	that	favour	such	providers.

Mitigation
Prior	to	the	acceptance	of	an	overseas	contract,	a	
detailed	review,	in	accordance	with	the	delegated	
authority	schedule	is	undertaken	to	ensure	the	risks	
are	identified	and	mitigated	where	possible.	It	is	
anticipated	that	the	proportion	of	the	Group’s	
business	contracted	in	currencies	other	than	Sterling	
will	increase,	making	consolidated	results	and	net	
assets	more	subject	to	exchange	rate	fluctuations.	
Translation	movements	are	not	formally	hedged	but	
the	Group’s	policy	intends	to	naturally	hedge	
material	transactions	in	foreign	currencies.

12

GOVERNMENT SPENDING
A	significant	portion	of	the	Group’s	revenues	are	
generated	from	international	central	government	
agencies.	Continued	pressures	on	Government	
spending	within	certain	territories	may	materially	and	
adversely	affect	the	Group’s	business,	operating	
results	or	financial	condition.

Mitigation
It	is	the	strategy	of	the	Group	to	widen	the	client	base,	
on	a	global	basis,	to	diversify	Group	revenue	whilst	
maintaining	appropriate	relationships	with	central	
government	both	within	the	UK	and	in	other	territories.

CLAIMS BY THIRD PARTIES
While	the	Directors	believe	that	the	Group’s	products	
and	other	intellectual	property	do	not	infringe	upon	
the	proprietary	rights	of	third	parties,	there	can	be	no	
assurance	that	the	Group	will	not	receive	infringement	
claims	from	third	parties	which	could	be	both	costly	
and	time	consuming.

Mitigation
Where	appropriate	the	Group	will	confirm	the	
validity	of	its	intellectual	property	via	patent	and	
trademark	searches	and	will	robustly	defend	such	
claims	if	appropriate.

SYSTEM FAILURES AND BREACHES 
OF SECURITY
The	successful	operation	of	the	Group’s	business	
depends	upon	maintaining	the	integrity	of	the	Group’s	
computer,	communication	and	information	
technology	systems	which	are	vulnerable	to	damage,	
breakdown	or	interruption	from	events	which	are	
beyond	the	Group’s	control.

Mitigation
All	systems	are	backed	up	on	a	regular	basis	and	
appropriate	investment	is	made	in	the	infrastructure	
of	systems	within	the	Group	to	maintain	appropriate	
standards	of	integrity	and	security.

The	Strategic	Report	on	pages	2	to	12	has	been	
approved	by	the	Board	and	signed	on	its	behalf:

Ian Lindsay 
Finance	Director

25	June	2018

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Directors’	biographies

Tom Black, (58) Executive Chairman

Paul Taylor, (53) Non-Executive Director

Tom	was	appointed	a	
Director	on	8	February	2010	
and	is	the	Executive	
Chairman	of	Thruvision	
Group	plc.	Prior	to	joining	
the	Company,	Tom	spent	
over	20	years	with	Detica	
Group	plc,	following	studies	

at	the	Universities	of	Strathclyde	and	Oxford.	He	was	
appointed	Chief	Executive	in	1995	and	led	the	£12	million	
management	buyout	of	Detica	in	1997	and	the	Group’s	
flotation	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	in	April	2002.	He	then	
oversaw	the	acquisition	of	Detica	by	BAE	Systems	in	2008	for	
£538	million,	at	which	time	Detica	was	a	business	with	
revenues	of	over	£200	million	and	around	1,600	staff.	He	is	
currently	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	Adept	4	plc,	and	Herald	
Investment	Trust	plc,	a	Director	of	Grantdean	Ltd	and	a	
Trustee	of	the	Black	Family	Charitable	Trust.	Tom	is	a	member	
of	the	Remuneration,	Nomination	and	Audit	Committees	of	
Thruvision	Group	plc.

Paul	was	appointed	a	Non-
Executive	Director	on	1	April	
2012.	He	is	a	qualified	
Certified	Accountant	who	
started	his	career	at	Price	
Bailey	Partners	in	1986	and	
has	subsequently	served	in	a	
number	of	senior	finance	
roles.	Paul	has	spent	most	of	his	career	at	AVEVA	Group	plc	
and	served	as	Group	Finance	Director	from	March	2001	to	
December	2010.	During	this	period,	revenues	increased	from	
£28	million	to	£164	million,	resulting	in	pre-tax	profit	of	
£63	million	and	a	market	capitalisation	of	over	£1	billion.	He	is	
currently	Non-Executive	Director,	Chairman	of	the	Audit	
Committee	Senior	Independent	Director	and	Chairman	of	the	
Remuneration	Committee	of	Ubisense	Group	plc	and	a	
Trustee	of	the	CAD	Centre	Pension	Fund.	Paul	is	Chairman	of	
the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	Committees	of	
Thruvision	Group	plc.

Colin Evans, (50) Managing Director

John Woollhead, (57) Company Secretary

Colin	was	appointed	a	
Director	on	8	February	2010	
and	leads	the	engineering,	
operations	and	sales	teams	
at	Thruvision.	Colin	has	
22	years’	experience	working	
in	the	defence	and	
homeland	security	industry,	

John	was	appointed	
Company	Secretary	on	
13	April	2010	and	is	
responsible	for	the	core	
Company	Secretarial	
function	within	the	Group.	
John	qualified	as	a	Chartered	
Secretary	in	1987	and	has	

delivering	complex	technology	systems,	managing	
relationships	with	other	technology	partners	and	system	
integrators,	and	optimising	internal	delivery	processes.	
Prior	to	joining	Thruvision,	Colin	spent	15	years	with	Detica	
Group	plc,	where	he	was	Group	Chief	Operating	Officer.

previously	acted	as	Company	Secretary	to	Eve	Group	plc,	
Peterhouse	Group	plc	and	Detica	Group	plc.	John	is	Secretary	
to	the	Board	and	acts	as	Secretary	to	the	Board	Committees.

Ian Lindsay, (38) Finance Director

Ian	was	appointed	a	Director	
on	1	March	2018	and	leads	
the	finance	team	at	
Thruvision.	He	is	a	member	
of	the	Institute	of	
Management	Accountants	
having	qualified	in	2006.	Ian	
has	significant	finance	and	

commercial	experience	in	the	technology	sector	following	
senior	finance	roles	at	BT	Openreach,	Virgin	Media	and	
Vodafone.	Ian	joined	Thruvision	from	BT	Openreach	where	he	
was	Senior	Head	of	Finance	for	2	years.

13

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’	report

The	Directors	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	(the	‘Company’)	present	the	Annual	Report	to	Shareholders	together	with	the	audited	
financial	statements	of	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.	

The	purpose	of	the	Annual	Report	is	to	provide	information	to	members	of	the	Company.	The	Company,	its	Directors,	
employees,	agents	and	advisors	do	not	accept	or	assume	responsibility	to	any	other	person	to	whom	this	document	is	shown	or	
into	whose	hands	it	may	come	and	any	such	responsibility	or	liability	is	expressly	disclaimed.	It	contains	certain	forward-looking	
statements	with	respect	to	the	operations,	performance	and	financial	condition	of	the	Group.	By	their	nature,	these	statements	
involve	uncertainty	since	future	events	and	circumstances	can	cause	results	to	differ	from	those	currently	anticipated.	The	
forward-looking	statements	reflect	knowledge	and	information	available	at	the	date	of	preparation	of	this	Annual	Report	and	
except	to	the	extent	required	by	applicable	regulations	or	by	law,	the	Group	undertakes	no	obligation	to	update	these	forward-
looking	statements.	Nothing	in	this	Annual	Report	should	be	construed	as	a	profit	forecast	or	guarantee	of	future	results.	

The	Company	is	committed	to	appropriate	standards	of	corporate	governance	as	an	efficient	and	effective	approach	to	
managing	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries.

The	Company	is	not	required	to	comply	with	the	2016	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	(the	‘Code’)	given	the	Company	is	listed	
on	the	AIM	market	of	the	London	Stock	Exchange.	However,	the	Directors	have	agreed	to	adopt	many	of	the	principles	contained	
in	the	Code.

Name 

On	31	October	2017	the	Company	changed	its	name	from	Digital	Barriers	plc	to	Thruvision	Group	plc.

Principal activities 

The	principal	activities	of	the	Group	are	currently	the	development	and	sale	of	passive	people	screening	technology	to	the	global	
security	market.	Further	information	can	be	found	within	the	Business	review	Section	on	pages	5	to	6.	

Going concern

The	Group	and	Company’s	business	activities,	together	with	factors	likely	to	affect	future	development,	performance	and	
position	are	set	out	in	the	Strategic	report	incorporating	the	Chairman’s	statement	on	pages	2	to	6,	the	update	on	strategy	on	
page	4,	the	Business	review	on	pages	5	to	6	and	the	review	of	principal	risks	and	uncertainties	on	pages	10	to	12.	The	financial	
position,	cash	flows	and	liquidity	position	are	described	in	the	Financial	review	on	pages	7	to	10.	In	addition,	Note	19	of	the	
financial	statements	include	the	Group	and	Company’s	objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	managing	its	capital;	its	financial	
risk	management	objectives;	details	of	its	financial	instruments	and	hedging	activities;	and	its	exposures	to	credit	risk	and	
liquidity	risk.

The	Group’s	net	loss	for	the	year	was	£19.5	million	(2017:	£16.7	million).	As	at	31	March	2018,	the	Group	had	net	current	assets	
of	£19.2	million	(2017:	£10.0	million)	and	net	cash	reserves	of	£17.6	million	(2017:	£1.0	million).

The	impact	of	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business	on	the	net	loss,	net	current	assets	and	cash	position	at	the	year-end	is	detailed	in	
Note	25.

On	31	October	2017	the	Group	disposed	of	the	entities	comprising	the	Video	Business	of	the	Group.	As	a	result,	net	cash	
received	amounted	to	£16.3	million	following	the	settlement	of	outstanding	debt	with	Investec	and	fees	relating	to	the	
transaction.	It	is	anticipated	that	this	cash	will	be	used	to	maintain	a	strong	balance	sheet	to	instil	customer	confidence	and	allow	
maximum	trading	flexibility.	However,	this	will	not	require	the	entire	cash	reserves	and	it	is	the	Board’s	current	intention	to	
return	up	to	£8	million	of	surplus	cash	to	Shareholders	in	due	course.	This	will	be	implemented	through	either	a	tender	offer	or	
an	on-market	buyback	programme,	or	a	combination	of	the	two.	It	is	not	currently	envisaged	that	the	business	will	make	any	
acquisitions	with	its	cash	reserves.

The	Board	has	reviewed	the	cash	flow	forecasts	for	the	period	up	to	and	including	30	September	2019.	These	forecasts	and	
projections	take	into	account	not	only	the	proposed	return	of	funds	to	Shareholders	but	also	reasonably	possible	changes	in	
trading	performance	and	show	that	the	Group	will	be	able	to	operate	within	the	level	of	current	funding	resources.	The	Directors	
therefore	believe	there	is	sufficient	cash	available	to	the	Group	to	manage	through	these	requirements.	

As	with	all	businesses,	there	are	particular	times	of	the	year	where	our	working	capital	requirements	are	at	their	peak.	However,	
the	Group	is	well	placed	to	manage	business	risk	effectively	and	the	Board	reviews	the	Group’s	performance	against	budgets	and	
forecasts	on	a	regular	basis	to	ensure	action	is	taken	where	needed.	

The	Directors	therefore	are	satisfied	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	operating	for	a	period	of	at	least	
12	months	from	the	approval	of	these	financial	statements.

14

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Given	the	above,	the	Board	confirms	that	it	has	a	reasonable	expectation	that	the	Group	will	continue	as	a	going	concern.	
Therefore,	these	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	this	basis	and	do	not	contain	any	adjustments	that	would	result	if	
the	Group	were	unable	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.	

Group results

The	Group’s	Consolidated	income	statement	set	out	on	page	45	shows	a	loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	for	the	year	
of	£3.2	million	(2017:	£1.0	million),	and	a	loss	for	the	year	of	£19.6	million	(2017:	£16.7	million).

Dividends 

The	Directors	are	not	recommending	a	dividend	in	respect	of	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	(2017:	£nil).

Governance

Thruvision	Group	plc	is	committed	to	maintaining	high	standards	of	corporate	governance.	The	Group	is	not	bound	by	the	
provisions	of	the	Code,	given	it	is	listed	on	AIM.	However,	the	Board	endeavours,	so	far	as	is	practicable,	to	comply	with	many	of	
the	principles	of	the	Code.	During	the	year	under	review,	the	Board	has	maintained	the	internal	controls	and	processes	to	ensure	
as	far	as	possible	compliance	with	the	Code.

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	the	Board	has	only	1	Independent	Non-Executive	Director.	This	is	not	in	accordance	
with	the	Code	or	the	Quoted	Companies	Alliance	Corporate	Governance	code	applicable	to	smaller	businesses.	However,	due	to	
the	nature	and	complexity	of	the	business	and	its	current	stage	of	development	the	Board	has	satisfied	itself	that	it	has	the	
right	balance	of	Board	membership	at	this	time.	It	is	anticipated	that	the	composition	of	the	Board	will	be	reviewed	again	later	in	
the	year.

Further	explanation	of	the	high-level	corporate	governance	principles	is	given	in	the	Corporate	governance	Section	of	this	report	
on	pages	21	to	28	and	in	connection	with	Directors’	remuneration	in	the	relevant	Section	of	the	Remuneration	report	on	
pages	29	to	36.

It	is	the	responsibility	of	the	Board	to	prepare	the	annual	report	and	accounts.	The	Board	considers	that	the	annual	report	and	
accounts,	when	taken	as	a	whole,	is	fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	provides	the	information	necessary	for	Shareholders	
to	assess	the	Company’s	position	and	performance,	business	model	and	strategy.	

Share capital

The	issued	Share	capital	of	the	Company,	together	with	details	of	movements	in	the	Company’s	issued	Share	capital	during	the	
financial	period,	are	shown	in	Note	16	to	the	financial	statements.	As	at	the	date	of	this	report,	165,130,024	Ordinary	Shares	of	1	
pence	each	(‘Ordinary	Shares’)	were	in	issue	and	fully	paid	with	an	aggregate	nominal	value	of	£1,651,300.	In	addition,	163,124	
Deferred	Shares	of	£1	each	(’Deferred	Shares’)	were	in	issue	and	fully	paid	with	an	aggregate	nominal	value	of	£163,124.	It	is	
anticipated	that	the	Deferred	Shares	will	be	transferred	to	the	Company	and	subsequently	cancelled	in	the	coming	year.

At	the	date	of	this	report	no	Incentive	Shares	were	in	issue.

On	28	August	2013,	the	Company	was	granted	a	Blocklisting	authority	over	600,000	Ordinary	1	pence	Shares	in	order	to	satisfy	
awards	that	have	vested	and	are	capable	of	exercise	under	the	Long-term	Incentive	Plan.	From	28	August	2013	to	the	date	of	this	
report,	70,500	Shares	have	been	issued	from	the	Blocklisting	facility.	Accordingly,	at	31	March	2018,	529,500	(2017:	529,500)	
Shares	remain	outstanding	to	be	issued	from	the	Blocklisting	facility.

The	holders	of	Ordinary	Shares	are	entitled	to	receive	the	Company’s	reports	and	accounts;	to	attend	and	speak	at	general	
meetings	of	the	Company;	to	appoint	proxies;	and	to	exercise	voting	rights.	To	be	effective,	electronic	and	paper	proxy	
appointments	and	voting	instructions	must	be	received	at	the	Company’s	registered	office,	or	such	other	place	in	the	UK	
specified	in	the	relevant	notice	of	meeting,	not	later	than	48	hours	before	a	general	meeting.	Subject	to	applicable	statutes,	
there	are	no	restrictions	on	transfer	or	limitations	on	the	holding	of	Ordinary	Shares	and	no	requirements	for	prior	approval	of	
any	transfers	other	than:

•  certain	restrictions	may	from	time	to	time	be	imposed	by	laws	and	regulations	(for	example	insider	trading	laws);	and

•  pursuant	to	the	Company’s	Share	dealing	code	whereby	the	Directors	and	certain	senior	employees	of	the	Company	require	

approval	to	deal	in	the	Company’s	Shares.

None	of	the	Shares	carry	any	special	rights	with	regard	to	control	of	the	Company.	There	are	no	known	arrangements	under	
which	financial	rights	are	held	by	a	person	other	than	the	holder	of	the	Shares	and	no	known	agreements	on	restrictions	on	
Share	transfers	or	on	voting	rights.

15

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’	report	continued

The	holders	of	Deferred	Shares	are	not	entitled	to	receive	notice	of,	to	attend,	to	speak	at	or	to	vote	at	general	meetings	of	the	
Company	(other	than	in	respect	of	a	class	meeting	of	the	holders	of	Deferred	Shares).	The	Deferred	Shares	do	not	confer	a	right	
to	be	paid	a	dividend.	The	transfer	of	Deferred	Shares	is	prohibited	except	with	the	prior	written	consent	of	the	Board.	

The	Company	established	an	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(‘EBT’)	in	2010,	which	in	certain	circumstances	holds	Shares	in	connection	
with	the	Group’s	employee	Share	incentive	plans.	As	the	registered	holder,	the	voting	rights	in	the	Shares	are	exercisable	by	 
the	trustee.	However,	the	trustee	does	not	ordinarily	exercise	those	rights.	At	31	March	2018,	the	EBT	did	not	hold	any	Shares	in	
the	Company.

The	Articles	may	only	be	amended	by	a	special	resolution	at	a	general	meeting	of	Shareholders.	

The	Company	does	not	have	agreements	with	any	Director	or	employee	that	would	provide	compensation	for	loss	of	office	or	
employment	resulting	from	a	change	of	control.	Further	details	of	the	Directors’	service	contracts	can	be	found	in	the	
Remuneration	report	on	page	33.

The	provisions	of	the	Company’s	LTIP	may	cause	options	and	awards	granted	to	employees	under	such	schemes	and	plans	to	
vest	on	a	change	of	control.

Issue of Shares

At	the	general	meeting	held	on	23	October	2017,	Shareholders	granted	authority	to	the	Board	under	the	Articles	and	Section	551	
of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(the	‘Act’)	to	exercise	all	powers	of	the	Company	to	allot	relevant	securities	up	to	an	aggregate	
nominal	amount	of	£550,433.

It	is	proposed	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting	(AGM)	to	renew	the	authority	to	allot	relevant	securities	up	to	an	
aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£550,433,	being	one	third	of	the	nominal	value	of	the	current	issued	Share	capital.

Also,	at	the	general	meeting	held	on	23	October	2017,	Shareholders	granted	authority	to	the	Board	under	the	Articles	and	
Section	570(1)	of	the	Act	to	exercise	all	powers	of	the	Company	to	allot	equity	securities	wholly	for	cash	in	certain	circumstances,	
including	in	connection	with	a	rights	issue	or	otherwise	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£82,565	for	general	purposes	and	
an	additional	£82,565	in	connection	with	an	acquisition	or	specified	capital	investment,	without	application	of	the	statutory	 
pre-emption	rights	contained	in	Section	561(1)	of	the	Act.

It	is	proposed	at	the	forthcoming	AGM	to	renew	the	authority	to	allot	relevant	securities	wholly	for	cash,	including	in	connection	
with	a	rights	issue	or	otherwise,	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£82,565,	being	5%	of	the	current	nominal	value	of	the	
issued	Ordinary	Share	capital,	for	general	purposes	and	an	additional	£82,565	being	5%	of	the	current	nominal	value	of	the	
issued	Ordinary	Share	capital,	to	be	used	in	connection	with	an	acquisition	or	specified	capital	investment,	in	each	case	without	
application	of	the	statutory	pre-emption	rights.

Purchase of own Shares

At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	held	on	23	October	2017,	Shareholders	granted	authority	for	the	Company	to	make	market	
purchases	of	up	to	24,752,990	of	its	own	Shares	provided	that	the	maximum	price	(excluding	expenses)	which	may	be	paid	for	an	
Ordinary	Share	is	an	amount	equal	to	105%	of	the	average	of	the	middle	market	quotations	for	an	Ordinary	Share	derived	from	
the	AIM	appendix	of	the	Daily	Official	List	of	the	Exchange	for	the	5	business	days	immediately	prior	to	the	day	on	which	the	
Share	is	contracted	to	be	purchased	and	the	minimum	price	is	1	pence	exclusive	of	attributable	expenses	payable	by	
the	Company.

It	is	proposed	to	renew	the	above	authority	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	on	21	September	2018	and	to	increase	the	
maximum	price	(excluding	expenses)	that	may	be	paid	for	an	Ordinary	Share	up	to	an	amount	equal	to	110%	of	the	average	of	
the	middle	market	quotations	for	an	Ordinary	Share	derived	from	the	AIM	appendix	of	the	Daily	Official	List	of	the	Exchange	for	
the	5	business	days	immediately	prior	to	the	day	on	which	the	Share	is	contracted	to	be	purchased.	Accordingly,	the	required	
resolution	is	set	out	in	the	notice	of	meeting	on	page	96	of	this	report.

Following	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business	it	is	planned	that	cash	will	be	returned	to	Shareholders	by	way	of	a	tender	offer	and	
subsequent	cancellation	of	those	Shares.	It	is	expected	that	this	process	will	launch	July	2018	and	complete	later	in	the	summer	
and	further	information	will	be	communicated	to	Shareholders	in	due	course.

16

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Significant agreements – change of control

A	change	of	control	of	the	Company	following	a	takeover	bid	may	cause	a	number	of	agreements	to	which	the	Company	or	its	
subsidiaries	are	party	to	take	effect,	alter	or	terminate.	These	include	client	contracts,	leases,	supplier	contracts	and	provisions	
relating	to	the	LTIP.	No	other	individual	contract	is	considered	to	be	significant	in	terms	of	its	potential	impact	on	the	business	of	
the	Group	as	a	whole.

Substantial Shareholdings

As	at	25	June	2018,	the	Company	was	aware	of	the	following	Shareholdings	representing	3%	or	more	in	the	Company’s	existing	
issued	Ordinary	Share	capital.

Schroder	Investment	Management
Hargreave	Hale,	Stockbrokers
Herald	Investment	Management
Volantis
Tom	Black
Invesco	Perpetual	Investment	Management
Soros	Fund	Management
Janus	Henderson	Investors
Hargreaves	Lansdown	Asset	Management

Directors 

No.	of 
Shares

Percentage	
of	issued	
Share	capital

33,003,109
27,115,321
15,329,712
14,055,879
11,349,444
8,502,010
7,159,453
5,982,143
4,968,460

19.99
16.42
9.28
8.51
6.87
5.15
4.34
3.62
3.01

The	names	and	biographical	details	of	the	current	Directors	of	the	Company	are	given	on	page	13.	Paul	Taylor	is	considered	to	be	
an	independent	Non-Executive	Director.	

Tom	Black	and	Colin	Evans	were	appointed	Directors	on	8	February	2010,	prior	to	the	IPO.	Ian	Lindsay	was	appointed	a	Director	
on	1	March	2018	and	Paul	Taylor	on	1	April	2012.

Tom	Black	was	Non-Executive	Chairman	in	the	period	1	April	2017	to	31	October	2017.	On	1	November	2017	he	was	appointed	
Executive	Chairman	of	the	Group.	Given	his	substantial	Shareholding	in	the	Group	he	was	not	considered	to	be	independent	in	
the	period	prior	to	1	November	2017.

Colin	Evans	was	Chief	Operating	Officer	in	the	period	1	April	2017	to	31	October	2017.	On	1	November	2017	he	was	appointed	
Managing	Director	of	the	Group.

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	Zak	Doffman	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	31	October	2017,	Bernie	Waldron	
stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017	and	Sharon	Cooper	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	10	November	2017.

Ian	Lindsay	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	1	March	2018	as	Finance	Director.

The	rules	on	appointment,	re-appointment	and	retirement	by	rotation	of	Directors	are	contained	in	the	Articles.	A	Director	may	
be	appointed	by	Shareholders’	Ordinary	resolution	or	by	the	Board.	The	current	Articles	require	that	all	Directors	are	subject	to	
election	at	the	first	AGM	following	appointment	and	thereafter	to	re-election	at	least	every	3	years.	Accordingly,	Paul	Taylor	and	
Ian	Lindsay	are	submitting	themselves	for	re-election	at	the	forthcoming	AGM.	A	review	of	Director	performance	will	be	
undertaken	after	the	publication	of	this	report.

17

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’	report	continued

Directors’ interests

Details	of	the	interests	in	the	Shares	of	the	Company	of	the	Directors	holding	office	as	at	the	date	of	this	report,	and	their	
immediate	families,	appear	in	the	Remuneration	report	on	page	36.	

Details	of	the	Directors’	service	contracts	and	letters	of	appointment	appear	in	the	Remuneration	report	on	page	33.	

On	28	September	2017	the	Group	agreed	a	15	month	£5.25	million	loan	facility	with	Herald	Investment	Trust.	An	amount	of	
£272,281	(arrangement	fee	of	£262,500	plus	interest	due	of	£9,781)	was	paid	to	Herald	Investment	Trust	in	respect	of	the	facility.	
Tom	Black	was	a	Director	of	both	Herald	Investment	Trust	and	the	Company.	The	facility	was	terminated	on	31	October	2017	
following	the	completion	of	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business.

Zak	Doffman	was	appointed	a	Director	of	Project	Gateway	Bidco	Limited,	the	Company	which	purchased	the	Video	Business	of	
the	Group	on	31	October	2017.	Prior	to	the	completion	of	the	disposal,	appropriate	procedures	had	been	implemented	to	ensure	
that	the	potential	conflict	of	interest	was	appropriately	managed	and	controlled.

Other	than	as	disclosed	above,	no	Director	had	a	material	interest	in	any	significant	contract	with	the	Company	or	any	of	its	
subsidiaries	during	the	year.	Procedures	for	dealing	with	Directors’	conflicts	of	interest	are	in	place	and	are	operating	effectively.

Directors’ and Officers’ indemnities and insurance

The	Company	maintains	liability	insurance	for	its	Directors	and	Officers.	The	Directors	and	Officers	have	also	been	granted	a	
qualifying	third-party	indemnity	provision	under	the	Act.	That	indemnity	provision	has	been	in	force	throughout	the	year	and	
remains	in	force	at	the	date	of	this	report.

Research and development

The	Group	is	active	in	the	development	of	software	and	hardware	in	respect	of	people	screening	technologies	and	intends	to	
remain	so	involved	in	the	future.	In	the	year	under	review,	expenditure	totalling	£0.5	million	(2017:	£0.5	million)	related	to	
development	of	such	technologies.	In	addition,	expenditure	totalling	£1.4	million	(2017:	£2.6	million)	related	to	discontinued	
operations.	Additional	information	is	given	in	the	Strategic	report	on	page	6.	

Employees

At	31	March	2018,	the	Group	employed	21	people	in	the	UK	and	2	in	the	US,	and	depends	on	the	skills	and	commitment	of	its	
employees	in	order	to	achieve	its	objectives.	Personnel	at	every	level	are	encouraged	to	make	their	fullest	possible	contribution	
to	the	success	of	Thruvision.	

Employees	are	kept	regularly	informed	on	matters	affecting	them	and	on	issues	affecting	the	Group’s	performance	primarily	
through	office	briefings,	email	updates	and	one	to	one	meetings.	

The	Group	introduced	a	Long-term	Incentive	Plan	for	certain	employees	in	2010.	Details	are	given	in	the	Remuneration	report	on	
page	30.

An	award	of	EMI	options	was	made	to	all	employees	in	January	2018.

The	Board	is	committed	to	ensuring	that	a	culture	free	from	discrimination	and	harassment	remains	embedded	within	the	Group	
and	discrimination	of	any	sort	is	not	tolerated.	Proper	consideration	is	given	to	applications	for	employment	from	disabled	
people	who	are	employed	whenever	suitable	vacancies	arise.	Wherever	practicable,	staff	who	become	disabled	during	
employment	are	retained.	The	Group	practices	equality	of	opportunity	for	all	employees,	irrespective	of	ethnic	origin,	religion,	
political	opinion,	gender,	marital	status,	disability,	age	or	sexual	orientation.

Pensions

The	Group	does	not	operate	any	defined	benefit	pension	funds.	A	defined	contribution	scheme,	in	accordance	with	the	auto	
enrolment	regulations,	is	in	operation	for	all	UK-based	employees	unless	an	individual	employee	has	waived	their	rights	under	
the	legislation.

18

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate and social responsibility

The	Board	recognises	the	importance	of	relationships	with	the	wider	community	and	its	obligations	to	employees,	Shareholders,	
customers,	suppliers,	the	local	community	and	others.	Given	the	size,	structure	and	on-going	development	of	the	Group	a	formal	
Group	policy	has	yet	to	be	implemented.	

Through	procedures	and	policies	that	are	currently	in	place,	Thruvision	aims	to:

•  meet	all	legislative	requirements	in	respect	of	environmental	issues;

•  seek	to	conserve	energy	and	natural	resources	by	minimising	waste,	recycling	where	possible	and	maximising	the	use	of	

renewable	resources;

•  adopt	the	highest	standards	of	business	ethics,	including	anti-corruption	compliance	and	respect	for	human	rights	in	all	our	

dealings;	and

•  ensure	all	contractors	follow	its	practices	whilst	working	on	its	sites	and	respond	promptly	and	efficiently	to	

adverse	occurrences.

Environmental

The	Board	believes	that	the	environmental	impact	of	the	Group’s	operations	is	low	and	consists	mainly	of	building	occupancy,	
business	travel,	including	a	small	number	of	Company	vehicles,	and	IT.

Through	procedures	that	are	currently	in	place,	Thruvision	aims	to:

•  use	video	and	audio	conferencing	facilities	where	possible	to	reduce	travel	requirements;

•  use	electronic	communications	to	reduce	the	amount	of	printing	waste	produced;

•  recycle	waste	where	possible;	and

•  purchase	paper	and	other	products	that	are	manufactured	from	recycled	products.

Health and safety

The	Group	aims	to	provide	and	maintain	a	safe	environment	for	all	employees,	customers	and	visitors	to	its	premises	and	to	
comply	with	relevant	health	and	safety	legislation.	Day-to-day	health	and	safety	management	is	delegated	to	operational	
managers	with	oversight	from	the	Company	Secretary.	External	audit	and	advice	is	utilised	as	appropriate.

Financial instruments 

The	Group’s	financial	risk	management	objectives	and	policies	are	discussed	in	the	Financial	review	on	pages	7	to	10	and	in	
Note	19	of	the	financial	statements.

Post balance sheet events

On	1	May	2018,	following	the	approval	of	the	High	Court	of	Justice,	Chancery	Division,	the	balances	standing	to	the	credit	of	the	
Share	premium	account	and	the	capital	redemption	reserve	of	the	Company	were	cancelled	creating	distributable	reserves	on	
the	Balance	Sheet.	These	distributable	reserves	will	enable	the	Company	to	buy	back	its	own	Ordinary	Shares,	as	in	order	to	
lawfully	buy	back	its	Shares	the	Company	is	required	to	have	sufficient	distributable	reserves	on	its	balance	sheet.	

Other	than	as	detailed	above	no	other	reportable	events	have	occurred	since	31	March	2018.

Political donations 

No	political	donations	were	made	during	the	year	(2017:	£nil).

Strategic Report 

The	Group	is	required	by	the	Companies	Act	2006	to	set	out	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	of	the	Group	
during	the	financial	year	ended	31	March	2018	and	of	the	position	of	the	Group	at	the	end	of	the	year	and	a	description	of	the	
principal	risks	and	uncertainties	facing	the	Group	and	Group’s	policy	regarding	equal	opportunities	and	employing	disabled	
people.	The	information	concerning	the	Strategic	Report	can	be	found	on	pages	2	to	12.

19

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’	report	continued

Disclosure of information to the auditor 

So	far	as	each	Director	in	office	at	the	date	of	approval	of	this	report	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	information	of	which	the	
Company’s	external	auditor	(Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP)	is	unaware.	

Each	of	the	Directors	has	taken	all	steps	that	they	ought	to	have	taken	in	performing	their	roles	as	Directors	to	exercise	due	care,	
skill	and	diligence	in	order	to	make	themselves	aware	(i)	of	any	relevant	audit	information	and	(ii)	to	establish	that	the	Company’s	
external	auditor	is	aware	of	such	information.	

For	the	purposes	of	this	statement	on	disclosure	of	information	to	the	external	auditor,	‘relevant	audit	information’	is	the	
information	needed	by	the	Company’s	external	auditor	in	connection	with	the	preparation	of	its	report	on	pages	38	to	44.	

Annual General Meeting

The	Annual	General	Meeting	(AGM)	will	be	held	at	the	offices	of	Osborne	Clarke,	One	London	Wall,	London,	EC2Y	5EB	on	Friday	
18	September	2018	at	10.00	am.	The	notice	convening	the	meeting	is	on	pages	96	and	97	of	this	report	together	with	details	of	
the	business	to	be	considered	and	explanatory	notes	relating	to	each	of	the	resolutions	being	proposed.

Auditor 

Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	were	appointed	during	the	year	under	review	and	have	expressed	their	willingness	to	continue	as	auditor	
of	the	Company.	A	resolution	to	re-appoint	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	as	the	Company’s	auditor	will	be	put	to	the	
forthcoming	AGM.	

Approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	signed	on	behalf	of	the	Board:

John Woollhead  
Company	Secretary	 
121,	Olympic	Avenue 
Milton	Park 
Abingdon 
Oxon 
OX14	4SA

Registered	in	England	and	Wales	No.	07149547	

25	June	2018

20

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate	governance	report

This	report	for	Shareholders	sets	out	Thruvision’s	approach	to	Corporate	Governance.	The	Company	is	listed	on	AIM	and	
accordingly	is	not	required	to	comply	with	the	provisions	contained	in	the	2016	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	(‘the	Code’)	
published	by	the	Financial	Reporting	Council,	available	at	www.frc.org.uk.	

However,	the	Directors	have	agreed	to	adopt,	as	far	as	practicable,	many	of	the	principles	contained	in	the	Code.

The Board

The	Board	of	Thruvision	recognises	its	responsibility	to	provide	entrepreneurial	and	responsible	leadership	to	the	Group	within	a	
framework	of	prudent	and	effective	controls	(described	below)	allowing	assessment	and	management	of	the	key	issues	and	risks	
impacting	the	business.	The	Board	sets	Thruvision’s	overall	strategic	direction,	reviews	management	performance	and	ensures	
that	the	Group	has	the	necessary	financial	and	human	resources	in	place	to	meet	its	objectives.	The	Board	is	satisfied	that	the	
necessary	controls	and	resources	exist	within	the	Group	to	enable	these	responsibilities	to	be	met.	

The	Chairman	is	responsible	for	the	leadership	of	the	Board	and	ensuring	its	effectiveness.

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	the	Board	has	only	1	Independent	Non-Executive	Director.	This	is	not	in	accordance	
with	the	Code	or	the	Quoted	Companies	Alliance	Corporate	Governance	code.	It	is	anticipated	that	the	composition	of	the	Board	
will	be	reviewed	in	the	current	year.

Operational	management	of	the	Group	is	delegated	to	the	Executive	Directors	and	business	unit	heads	who	meet	regularly	to	
discuss	such	matters.	These	matters	include	project	delivery,	product	development,	resource	allocation,	sales,	customer	
relationships	and	initial	due	diligence	on	mergers	and	acquisitions.

At	the	date	of	this	report,	the	Board	comprises	3	Executive	and	1	Non-Executive	Director	whose	Board	and	Committee	
responsibilities	are	set	out	below.

Tom	Black	
Colin	Evans
Ian	Lindsay
Paul	Taylor

Executive	Chairman
Managing	Director
Finance	Director
Non-Executive	Director

Board	

Audit	

Remuneration	

Nomination

Chairman	
Member
Member
Member

Member
–
–
Chairman

Member
–
–
Chairman

Member
–
–
Chairman

Biographies	of	each	of	the	current	Directors	and	their	responsibilities	can	be	found	on	page	13.	

Ian	Lindsay	was	appointed	as	Finance	Director	on	1	March	2018.

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	Zak	Doffman	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	31	October	2017,	Bernie	Waldron	
stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017	and	Sharon	Cooper	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	10	November	2017.

During	the	year,	all	the	Non-Executive	Directors	confirmed	to	the	Board	that	they	had	sufficient	time	available	to	fulfil	their	
obligations	as	Directors	and,	should	any	individual’s	position	change,	that	they	would	inform	the	Board.	

After	careful	review,	the	Board	has	concluded	that	Bernie	Waldron	and	Paul	Taylor	were	both	independent	and	that	Paul	Taylor	
remains	independent	at	the	date	of	this	report.	Bernie	Waldron	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017.	In	coming	to	
these	assessments,	the	Board	considered	their	strength	of	character	and	independence	of	judgement	and	opinion,	and	the	fact	
that	none	of	them:

•  has	ever	been	an	employee	of	the	Group;

•  has	had	a	material	business	relationship	with	the	Group;

•  receives	any	remuneration	other	than	fees;

•  has	close	family	ties	with	advisors,	other	Directors	or	senior	management	of	the	Group;

•  has	significant	links	with	other	Directors	through	involvement	with	other	companies;

•  represents	a	significant	Shareholder;	and

•  has	served	on	the	Thruvision	Board	for	more	than	9	years.	

Given	his	previous	executive	role	with	the	Company	and	his	significant	Shareholding,	the	Board	did	not	consider	Tom	Black	to	be	
an	independent	Non-Executive	Director	prior	to	his	appointment	as	Executive	Chairman	on	1	November	2017.

21

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate	governance	report	continued

In	the	year	under	review,	the	Board	met	on	10	scheduled	occasions;	further	meetings	and	conference	calls	are	held	as	and	when	
necessary.	Details	of	Directors’	attendance	at	scheduled	meetings	during	the	year	are	set	out	in	the	table	below:

Tom	Black	
Colin	Evans
Ian	Lindsay
Paul	Taylor	
Zak	Doffman
Bernie	Waldron
Sharon	Cooper

Scheduled	Board	
meetings	attended

10/10
10/10	
1/1
10/10
5/5
5/5
6/6

During	the	year,	the	Chairman	met	with	the	Non-Executive	Directors	without	the	Executives	present	on	several	occasions.

The	Board	also	ensures	that	the	principal	goal	of	the	Company	is	to	create	Shareholder	value,	while	having	regard	to	other	
stakeholder	interests,	and	takes	responsibility	for	setting	the	Company’s	values	and	standards.	Accordingly,	the	long-term	
interests	of	Shareholders,	together	with	consideration	of	the	wider	community	of	interests	represented	by	employees,	
customers	and	suppliers,	and	community	and	the	environment	are	factored	into	the	Group’s	management	processes.	They	are	
reinforced	through	employee	participation	in	Equity	Incentive	Schemes.	The	steps	taken	to	achieve	these	goals	are	
communicated	to	Shareholders	and	other	interested	parties	through	the	Company’s	website	(www.thruvision.com)	and	to	
employees	via	formal	and	informal	briefings.	Through	formal	policies,	the	Board	seeks	to	engender	a	culture	where	business	
ethics,	integrity	and	fairness	are	values	that	all	employees	endorse	and	apply	in	their	everyday	conduct.	

There	is	a	documented	schedule	of	matters	reserved	for	the	Board,	the	most	significant	of	which	are:

•  responsibility	of	the	overall	strategy	and	management	of	the	Group;

•  approval	of	strategic	plans,	profit	plans	and	budgets	and	any	material	changes	to	them;

•  approval	of	the	acquisition	or	disposal	of	subsidiaries	and	major	investments,	projects	and	contracts;

•  oversight	of	the	Group’s	operations	ensuring	competent	and	prudent	management,	sound	planning	and	management	of	

adequate	accounting	and	other	records;

•  changes	relating	to	the	Group’s	capital	structure;

•  final	approval	of	the	annual	and	interim	financial	statements	and	accounting	policies;

•  approval	of	the	dividend	policy;

•  ensuring	an	appropriate	system	of	internal	control	and	risk	management	is	in	place;

•  approval	of	changes	to	the	structure,	size	and	composition	of	the	Board;

•  review	of	management	structure	and	senior	management	responsibilities;

•  with	the	assistance	of	the	Remuneration	Committee,	approval	of	remuneration	policies	across	the	Group;

•  delegation	of	the	Board’s	powers	and	authorities	including	the	division	of	responsibilities	between	the	Chairman	and	the	

Executive	Directors;

•  consideration	of	the	independence	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors;	and

•  receiving	reports	on	the	views	of	the	Company’s	Shareholders.	

During	the	year,	the	Board	received	monthly	briefings	upon	the	Group’s	performance	(including	detailed	commentary	and	
analysis)	and	key	issues	and	risks	affecting	the	Group’s	business.	Amongst	other	matters,	it	reviewed	the	content	of	the	Group’s	
risk	register	and	the	Group’s	health	and	safety	policies,	processes	and	performance.	Reports	on	Group	operations,	human	
resources,	governance	and	regulatory	matters	affecting	the	Group	were	provided	to	the	Board	on	a	regular	and	timely	basis.	
Briefings	on	customer	activity,	together	with	the	views	of	Shareholders,	were	also	provided	to	the	Board.	

The	Company	maintains	liability	insurance	for	its	Directors	and	Officers.	The	Directors	and	Officers	have	also	been	granted	a	
qualifying	third	party	indemnity	provision	under	the	Companies	Act	2006.	That	indemnity	provision	has	been	in	force	throughout	
the	year	and	remains	in	force	at	the	date	of	this	report.	

Procedures	exist	to	allow	the	Directors	to	seek	independent	legal	and	professional	advice	in	respect	of	their	duties	at	the	
Company’s	expense	where	the	circumstances	are	appropriate.	All	Directors	have	access	to	the	Company	Secretary	for	advice.

The	process	for	appraising	the	Chairman’s	performance	is	set	out	on	page	27.

22

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Board Committees

Summary 
There	are	3	principal	Board	Committees:	Audit;	Remuneration;	and	Nomination.	The	roles	and	responsibilities	of	each	of	these	
Committees	are	detailed	below.	Prior	to	31	October	2017	all	members	of	Board	Committees	were	independent	Non-Executive	
Directors.	From	1	November	2017	Tom	Black	as	Executive	Chairman	joined	each	of	the	Committees.	The	Committees	are	
provided	with	sufficient	resources	via	the	Company	Secretary	and,	where	necessary,	have	direct	access	to	independent	
professional	advisors	to	undertake	their	duties.	

Audit Committee 

Paul	Taylor	was	Chairman	of	the	Committee	during	the	year	under	review	and	to	the	date	of	this	report.	Bernie	Waldron	was	a	
member	of	the	committee	until	he	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017.	Tom	Black	joined	the	Committee	on	
1	November	2017.	Paul	Taylor	is	a	qualified	Certified	Accountant.	Paul	Taylor	is	deemed	by	the	Board	to	have	recent	and	relevant	
financial	experience	and	is	independent	for	the	purposes	of	the	Code.	All	of	the	Committee	members	have	extensive	commercial	
experience,	the	details	of	which,	along	with	their	qualifications,	are	set	out	in	the	Directors’	biographies	on	page	13.	Further	
information	on	the	work	of	the	Audit	Committee	during	the	year	is	given	below.	

Terms of reference 
The	Audit	Committee’s	terms	of	reference	are	available	on	request.	The	Audit	Committee	reviewed	and	re-approved	its	terms	of	
reference	in	May	2018.	Under	its	terms	of	reference,	the	Committee	is	responsible	for	providing	advice	to	the	Board	on	the	
Group’s	interim	results	and	final	financial	statements;	on	accounting	policies;	and	on	the	control	of	its	financial	and	business	risks	
as	well	as	reviewing	the	work	of	the	external	auditors.

Frequency of meetings 
The	Audit	Committee	met	3	times	during	the	year	under	review.	The	Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee	provided	a	report	on	the	
work	of	the	Committee	and	any	significant	issues	that	may	have	arisen	at	the	Board	meeting	following	each	Committee	meeting.

Attendees at meetings 
The	Chairman,	the	Group	Finance	Director	and	Executive	Directors	attend	Committee	meetings	by	invitation	of	the	Committee.	
Representatives	of	the	Group’s	external	auditor	also	attend	these	meetings	by	invitation.	During	the	year,	the	external	auditors	
attended	all	meetings,	had	direct	access	to	the	Committee	during	the	meetings	and	time	was	also	set	aside	for	them	to	have	
private	discussions	(jointly	and	independently)	with	the	Committee,	in	the	absence	of	management.	

The	attendance	of	individual	Committee	members	at	Audit	Committee	meetings	during	the	year	under	review	is	shown	in	the	
table	below:

Paul	Taylor	
Tom	Black
Bernie	Waldron

Meetings	attended

3/3
2/2
1/1

Audit Committee activity
The	purpose	of	the	Audit	Committee	is	to	assist	the	Board	in	the	discharge	of	its	responsibilities	for	financial	reporting	and	
corporate	control	and	to	provide	a	forum	for	reporting	by	the	external	auditors.	The	responsibilities	of	the	Audit	
Committee	include:	

•  to	monitor	the	integrity	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	Company,	and	any	formal	announcements	relating	to	the	Group’s	
financial	performance,	including	reviewing	significant	financial	reporting	judgements	and	any	disclosures	contained	in	them;	

•  to	review	the	Group’s	internal	financial	controls	and	its	internal	control	and	risk	management	systems	including	the	

management	of	intellectual	property	and	to	make	recommendations	to	the	Board;	

•  to	consider	the	requirement	for	an	internal	audit	function;	

•  to	make	recommendations	to	the	Board,	for	it	to	be	put	to	the	shareholders	for	their	approval	in	general	meeting,	in	relation	
to	the	appointment,	re-appointment	and	removal	of	the	external	auditor	and	to	approve	the	remuneration	and	terms	of	
engagement	of	the	external	auditor;	

•  to	agree	the	nature	and	scope	of	the	external	audit;

•  to	review	and	monitor	the	external	auditor’s	independence	and	objectivity	and	the	effectiveness	of	the	audit	process,	taking	

into	consideration	relevant	UK	professional	and	regulatory	requirements;	

23

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate	governance	report	continued

•  to	review	the	Group’s	policy	on	the	engagement	of	the	external	auditor	to	supply	non-audit	services	and	report	to	the	Board,	
identifying	matters	in	respect	of	which	it	considers	action	or	improvement	is	needed	and	make	recommendations	as	to	the	
steps	to	be	taken;	

•  to	review	the	Group’s	whistle-blowing	procedures;	and

•  to	review	the	effectiveness	of	the	audit	process.

The	Audit	Committee’s	work	during	the	year	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report	included:

•  reviewing	the	interim	results,	preliminary	announcement	and	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	prior	to	their	submission	to	

the	Board;	

•  reviewing	significant	accounting	policies,	financial	reporting	issues	and	judgements	used	in	the	preparation	of	the	Company’s	

preliminary	announcement	and	interim	results	and	final	financial	statements;	

•  reviewing	management’s	Letters	of	Representation	in	connection	with	the	Company’s	financial	statements	and	the	auditor’s	

Management	Letter;	

•  reviewing	areas	where	control	weaknesses	had	been	identified	by	the	external	auditor	and	monitoring	the	mitigation	and	

remediation	plans	of	management;	

•  reviewing	the	regular	reports	of	the	external	auditor	including	any	weaknesses	identified	in	respect	of	the	Group’s	

internal	controls;	

•  approving	the	external	audit	plan	(including	audit	scope,	level	of	materiality,	resources	dedicated	to	the	audit	engagement,	the	
seniority,	expertise	and	experience	of	the	engagement	team),	and	satisfying	itself	as	to	the	appropriateness	and	adequacy	of	
the	plan;	

•  reviewing,	evaluating	and	approving	the	appointment	of	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	as	the	external	auditor;

•  evaluating	the	performance	of	the	external	auditor	and	satisfying	itself	as	to	the	effectiveness	of	the	audit;

•  reviewing	the	Group’s	risk	management	processes	and	controls,	and	their	effectiveness;	

•  reviewing	the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	whistle-blowing	procedures	and	satisfying	itself	that	they	allow	for	appropriate	

investigation	and	suitable	follow-up	actions;	and	

•  reviewing	the	effectiveness	of	the	Committee.	

At	the	conclusion	of	each	meeting	of	the	Audit	Committee,	the	Non-Executive	Directors	met	with	the	external	auditor	without	
the	Executives	present.	In	addition,	the	Audit	Committee	Chair	met	with	the	external	auditor	to	discuss	the	audit	review	process	
and	other	relevant	matters.

External auditor
The	Audit	Committee	is	responsible	for	overseeing	the	relationship	with	the	external	auditor.	

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	the	Audit	Committee	oversaw	the	process	to	appoint	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	in	
place	of	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	which	was	effective	on	10	November	2017.

During	the	year	and	to	the	date	of	this	report,	the	Committee:

•  approved	the	Audit	Engagement	Letters	and	fee	proposal,	and	satisfied	itself	as	to	the	auditor’s	ability	to	conduct	an	effective	

audit	for	such	fee;	

•  reviewed	and	assessed	the	external	auditor’s	independence	and	objectivity	taking	into	account	relevant	UK	professional	and	

regulatory	requirements.	In	doing	so,	the	Committee	reviewed	the	external	auditor’s	own	policies	and	procedures	to	
safeguard	its	objectivity,	independence	and	integrity,	together	with	its	representations	as	to	independence.	The	Committee	
received	assurances	from	the	Audit	Engagement	Partner	that	the	external	auditor’s	reward	and	remuneration	structure	
includes	no	incentives	for	audit	engagement	partners	to	cross-sell	non-audit	services	to	audit	clients;	

•  approved	the	annual	audit	plan	and	ensured	that	it	was	consistent	with	the	scope	of	the	Audit	Engagement;	

•  reviewed	the	findings	of	the	audit,	including	discussion	of	any	major	issues	arising,	any	accounting	and	audit	judgements	and	

the	internal	control	reports	(including	responses	from	management	and	any	proposed	remedial	action);	

•  reviewed	the	effectiveness	of	the	audit	and	the	external	auditor;	and	

•  reviewed	the	requirement	for	an	internal	audit	function.

24

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Auditor independence
The	Audit	Committee	and	the	Board	consider	auditor	objectivity	and	independence	ensuring,	in	particular,	that	it	is	not	
compromised	where	the	auditor	provides	non-audit	services.	It	is	the	Group’s	policy	to	use	the	services	of	advisors	other	than	
the	external	auditors	for	non-audit	work	unless	the	nature	of	the	non-audit	work	makes	it	more	timely,	efficient	or	cost-effective	
to	select	advisors	who	already	have	a	good	understanding	of	the	Group.	The	Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee	is	consulted	prior	
to	each	major	non-audit	engagement	where	the	use	of	the	auditor	is	proposed.	During	the	year	under	review,	the	non-audit-
related	work	undertaken	by	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	related	to	corporation	tax	returns	and	R&D.	Non-audit	work	undertaken	by	
Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	related	to	a	report	on	distributable	reserves	on	the	balance	sheet	of	subsidiary	companies.	

Details	of	audit	and	non-audit-related	fees	paid	to	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	and	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	in	the	year	under	review	are	
given	in	Note	3	to	the	accounts	on	page	62.

Internal audit function
The	Audit	Committee	concluded	that	an	internal	audit	function	is	not	appropriate	given	the	current	stage	of	the	Group’s	development.

Re-appointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	were	appointed	as	external	auditor	on	10	November	2017	following	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business.	There	
are	no	contractual	restrictions	on	the	Company	with	regard	to	its	appointment.	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	were	auditors	for	the	period	
1	April	2017	to	9	November	2017.	

At	its	meeting	in	June	2018,	the	Audit	Committee	considered	the	appropriateness	of	the	re-appointment	of	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	
as	the	Group’s	external	auditor	for	the	year	to	31	March	2019.	

The	Audit	Committee	was	satisfied,	in	view	of	their	performance	in	respect	of	the	2018	audit	process,	that	it	should	recommend	
to	the	Board	the	re-appointment	of	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	as	the	Company’s	and	Group’s	external	auditor	at	the	AGM	to	be	
held	on	21	September	2018.	

Remuneration Committee 

Bernie	Waldron	was	Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	until	23	October	2017.	The	other	member	during	this	period	was	
Paul	Taylor	who	was	appointed	Chairman	of	the	committee	from	23	October	2017	and	remains	Chairman	at	the	date	of	this	
report.	Tom	Black	was	appointed	to	the	committee	on	23	October	2017.

The	Remuneration	Committee	is	responsible	for	reviewing	remuneration	arrangements	for	the	Executive	Directors	and	other	
senior	employees	of	the	Group	and	for	providing	general	guidance	on	aspects	of	remuneration	policy	throughout	the	Group.	
New	Bridge	Street	are	retained	as	independent	external	advisors	in	order	to	assist	the	Committee	in	setting	appropriate	
remuneration	arrangements.

During	the	year	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report,	the	Remuneration	Committee	made	recommendations	to	the	Board	regarding:

•  basic	salary	and	other	benefits	of	the	Executive	Directors	and	other	senior	employees	of	the	Group;

•  bonus	payable	to	Executive	Directors	in	respect	of	the	year	ended	31	March	2017	and	following	the	completion	of	the	sale	of	

the	Video	Business;

•  policy	regarding	the	provision	of	equity	incentive	for	Executive	Directors	and	senior	management	following	the	sale	of	the	

Video	Business;

•  awards	made	under	the	EMI	and	unapproved	Share	option	scheme	in	2017	and	to	the	date	of	this	report;	

•  treatment	of	outstanding	LTIP	awards	in	respect	of	employees	of	the	Video	business	who	will	leave	the	Group	following	the	

sale	of	the	Video	business;	and

•  the	appointment	of	New	Bridge	Street	as	Remuneration	Consultants.

It	is	expected	that	formal	bonus	arrangements	for	the	Executive	Directors	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2019	will	be	formalised	
after	the	publication	of	this	report.

The	terms	of	reference	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	are	available	on	request.	The	Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	
provided	a	report	to	the	Board	following	each	meeting	of	the	Remuneration	Committee.	

25

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate	governance	report	continued

The	attendance	of	individual	Committee	members	at	Remuneration	Committee	meetings	during	the	year	under	review	are	
shown	in	the	table	below:	

Paul	Taylor
Bernie	Waldron
Tom	Black

The	Remuneration	report	is	set	out	on	pages	29	to	36.	

Nomination Committee 

Meetings	attended

6/6
2/2
4/4

Bernie	Waldron	was	Chairman	of	the	Nomination	Committee	until	23	October	2017.	The	other	member	during	this	period	was	
Paul	Taylor	who	was	appointed	Chairman	of	the	committee	from	23	October	2017	and	remains	Chairman	at	the	date	of	this	
report.	Tom	Black	was	appointed	to	the	committee	on	23	October	2017.

The	Nomination	Committee	meets	as	and	when	required.	During	the	year	under	review,	it	met	3	times	and	details	of	Directors’	
attendance	at	that	meeting	are	set	out	in	the	table	below.	Company	executives	and	advisors	attend	meetings	by	invitation	only.	
The	Nomination	Committee	updates	the	Board	and	makes	recommendations	as	and	when	required.

The	terms	of	reference	of	the	Nomination	Committee	are	available	on	request.	The	Nomination	Committee	is	responsible	for	
succession	planning	at	Board	level,	overseeing	the	selection	and	appointment	of	Directors	and	making	its	recommendations	to	
the	Board.	It	is	also	responsible	for	evaluating	the	commitments	of	individual	Directors	and	the	balance	of	skills,	knowledge	and	
experience	on	the	Board	and	ensures	that	the	membership	of	the	Board	and	its	principal	Committees	are	refreshed	periodically.	
Where	appropriate,	the	Nomination	Committee	will	prepare	an	outline	of	the	role	and	capabilities	required	for	particular	
appointments	and	use	an	external	search	consultancy	and/or	advertising	in	relation	to	Board	appointments.	

During	the	year	under	review	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report,	the	Nomination	Committee	met	and	made	recommendations	
to	the	Board	regarding:

•  the	appointment	of	Ian	Lindsay	as	Finance	Director

•  the	proposed	re-election	of	Paul	Taylor	by	rotation	at	the	forthcoming	AGM

•  the	proposed	election	of	Ian	Lindsay	at	the	forthcoming	AGM;	and

•  the	appointment	of	an	interim	Finance	Director	following	the	departure	of	Sharon	Cooper.

The	appointment	of	Ian	Lindsay	as	Finance	Director	was	undertaken	during	the	year.	A	detailed	specification	for	the	role	was	
prepared	in	order	to	facilitate	the	identification	of	suitable	candidates.	A	search	consultant	was	retained	in	order	to	assist	the	
search	and	prepare	a	shortlist	for	consideration.	A	number	of	candidates	were	met	by	the	Nomination	Committee	and	the	
Executive	Chairman	with	the	recommended	candidate	being	met	by	the	other	Directors	prior	to	appointment.

The	appointment	of	Nick	Deman	as	Interim	Finance	Director,	following	the	departure	of	Sharon	Cooper,	was	undertaken	during	
the	year.	A	search	consultant,	specialising	in	interim	appointments,	was	appointed	to	prepare	a	shortlist	for	consideration.	
A	number	of	candidates	were	met	prior	to	the	appointment	of	Nick	Deman.

The	attendance	of	individual	Nomination	Committee	members	at	Nomination	Committee	meetings	during	the	year	under	review	
is	shown	in	the	table	below:

Paul	Taylor
Tom	Black
Bernie	Waldron

Meetings	attended

3/3
1/1
2/2

Chairman and Executive Directors 
During	the	year	and	to	the	date	of	this	report	there	is	a	clear	division	of	responsibilities	between	the	role	of	the	Chairman	(who	
served	in	a	Non-Executive	capacity	until	31	October	2017	and	assumed	an	executive	role	from	1	November	2017)	and	the	other	
Executive	Directors,	which	is	set	out	in	writing	and	which	has	been	approved	by	the	Board.	

Appointments to the Board 
Appointments	to	the	Board	and	its	Committees	are	reserved	for	the	Board,	based	on	recommendations	from	the	Nomination	
Committee.	The	appointment	and	removal	of	the	Company	Secretary	is	a	matter	reserved	for	the	Board	as	a	whole.

Information and professional development 
Under	the	Chairman’s	stewardship	the	Company	Secretary	advises	the	Board	on	all	governance	matters	and	ensures	Board	
procedures	are	followed	and	applicable	rules	and	regulations	complied	with.	

26

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018The	Company	Secretary	ensures	that	Directors	undergo	a	comprehensive	induction	programme	on	appointment.	

All	Directors	individually,	and	each	of	the	Board	Committees,	have	access	to	the	advice	and	services	of	the	Company	Secretary.	
There	are	also	procedures	in	place	enabling	Directors	in	the	furtherance	of	their	duties	to	seek	independent	professional	advice	
at	the	Company’s	expense.

Performance evaluation 
A	formal	appraisal	process	for	the	Board	and	its	Committees	was	last	undertaken	in	May	2016.	This	was	an	internal	process	using	
detailed	questionnaires	completed	by	all	relevant	Directors	and	collated	and	summarised	by	the	Company	Secretary.	As	a	result	
of	this	process	certain	actions	were	agreed	and	have	been	implemented.

The	questionnaire	in	respect	of	the	Board,	the	Remuneration	and	the	Nomination	Committees	covered	objectives	and	strategy,	
management	oversight,	Board	performance,	meetings,	external	relationships,	governance,	succession	planning	and	Board/
Committee	constitution.	The	results	of	the	exercise	were	discussed	by	the	Board	who	concluded	that	the	Board	and	its	
Committees	were	operating	effectively.

Given	the	significant	changes	to	the	Group	following	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business	a	formal	Board	and	Committee	evaluation	
was	not	undertaken	in	2017.	It	is	anticipated	that	a	formal	evaluation	process	will	be	undertaken	following	the	publication	of	this	
report	and	annually	thereafter.

In	April	2018,	the	Chairman	reviewed	the	performance	of	the	Executive	Directors.	The	Senior	Independent	Director	reviewed	the	
performance	of	the	Chairman,	and	the	Board	reviewed	the	performance	of	the	Non-Executive	Director.	As	part	of	this	process	
the	training	needs	of	all	Directors	were	reviewed.

The	process	confirmed	that	all	Directors	continued	to	contribute	effectively,	and	with	sufficient	commitment	to	their	roles	in	
order	to	facilitate	the	progress	of	the	Group.	

Re-election 
The	current	Articles	require	that	all	Directors	are	subject	to	election	by	Shareholders	at	the	first	AGM	following	appointment	and	
thereafter	to	re-election	at	least	every	3	years.	

The	AGM	of	the	Company	will	be	held	on	21	September	2018.	In	accordance	with	the	Articles,	Paul	Taylor	and	Ian	Lindsay	are	
offering	themselves	for	re-election	at	the	AGM.

Internal control
The	Board	is	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	the	Group’s	system	of	internal	control	and	for	reviewing	the	
effectiveness	of	those	controls.	Internal	control	systems	are	designed	to	meet	the	particular	needs	of	the	Group	and	the	risks	to	
which	it	is	exposed.	By	their	nature	however,	internal	control	systems	are	designed	to	manage	rather	than	eliminate	the	risk	of	
failure	to	achieve	business	objectives	and	can	provide	only	reasonable	and	not	absolute	assurance	against	material	errors,	losses,	
fraud	or	breaches	of	laws	and	regulations.

The	systems	of	internal	control	have	been	maintained	during	the	year	as	the	Group	has	developed.	The	effectiveness	of	these	
systems	has	been	periodically	reviewed	by	the	Audit	Committee	and	the	Board.	

The	systems	of	internal	control	are	based	on	an	on-going	process	of	identifying,	evaluating	and	seeking	to	manage	key	risks	and	
include	the	preparation	and	refreshment	of	Group	risk	registers,	together	with	appropriate	risk	mitigation	activities	along	with	
the	other	risk	management	processes	as	set	out	below.	With	oversight	from	the	Board	and	Audit	Committee,	individual	
members	of	the	Group’s	Board	are	responsible	for	the	ownership	and	mitigation	of	significant	risks.	The	Audit	Committee	and	
the	Board	regularly	review	the	identified	risks,	changes	in	their	status	and	the	composition	of	the	Group’s	risk	matrix.

Key	elements	of	the	internal	control	system	are	described	below:

•  clearly	defined	management	structure	and	delegation	of	authority	to	Board	Committees	and	business	units;

•  high	recruitment	standards	to	ensure	integrity	and	competence	of	staff;

•  regular	and	comprehensive	information	provided	to	management,	covering	financial	and	non-financial	

performance	indicators;

•  technical,	financial	and	legal	due	diligence	undertaken	prior	to	acquisitions;

•  a	detailed	budgeting	process	where	business	units	prepare	budgets	for	the	coming	year	for	Board	approval;

•  monthly	monitoring	and	re-forecasting	of	annual	and	half-yearly	results	against	budget,	with	major	variances	followed	up	

and	management	action	taken	where	appropriate;

•  procedures	for	the	approval	of	capital	expenditure,	investments	and	acquisitions;

•  regular	review	and	updating	of	the	Group	risk	register	including	the	implementation	of	mitigating	actions;	and

•  formal	consideration	of	progress	made	against	significant	business	risks	on	a	quarterly	basis.

27

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate	governance	report	continued

The	above	system	was	in	place	for	the	year	under	review	and	up	to	the	date	of	this	report	and	has	been	used	in	the	preparation	
of	the	consolidated	financial	statements	as	at	31	March	2018.

The	Board,	with	the	assistance	of	the	Audit	Committee,	has	conducted	its	annual	review	of	the	effectiveness	of	the	system	of	
internal	control	based	on	a	review	of	significant	risks	identified,	external	audits	and	reports	from	management	and	concluded	
that	the	system	of	internal	control	is	adequate	given	the	stage	of	the	Group’s	development.

Communication with investors
The	Group	believes	it	is	important	to	explain	business	developments	and	financial	results	to	its	Shareholders	and	to	understand	
any	Shareholder	views	and	concerns,	and	that	suitable	arrangements	are	in	place	to	ensure	a	balanced	understanding	of	the	
issues	and	concerns	of	major	Shareholders.	The	Chairman,	the	Managing	Director	and	the	Finance	Director	have	primary	
responsibility	for	investor	relations.	Meetings	are	held	with	institutional	Shareholders	to	discuss	strategy,	financial	performance	
and	investment	activities	immediately	after	the	full	year	and	interim	results	announcements.	The	Annual	Report	and	the	interim	
results	are	available	on	the	Company’s	website.	The	Non-Executive	Director	is	available	to	meet	with	major	Shareholders,	if	such	
meetings	are	required.	Further	financial	and	business	information	is	available	on	the	Investor	Section	of	the	Company’s	website.

Feedback	from	meetings	with	Shareholders	is	provided	to	the	Board	to	ensure	that	the	Non-Executive	Director	has	a	balanced	
understanding	of	the	issues	and	concerns	of	major	Shareholders.	

The	principal	method	of	communication	with	private	Shareholders	is	through	the	Annual	Report	and	interim	results,	the	AGM	
and	through	the	Company’s	website.	

Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
Arrangements	are	made	for	all	Directors	to	attend	the	AGM	and	to	be	available	to	answer	Shareholders’	questions.	Notice	of	the	
AGM	is,	in	accordance	with	the	applicable	Companies	Act	and	the	Articles,	either	posted	in	hard	copy	to	Shareholders	or	posted	
on	the	Company’s	website	at	least	21	days	before	the	date	of	the	AGM.	Resolutions	are	proposed	for	each	substantially	separate	
issue	and	details	of	the	proxy	voting	on	each	resolution	are	announced	at	the	AGM	after	the	results	of	the	show	of	hands	is	
known	and	are	posted	on	the	Company’s	website	following	the	conclusion	of	the	meeting.	

The	Company	counts	all	proxy	votes	and	indicates	the	level	of	proxies	lodged	on	each	resolution.	It	also	publishes	the	level	of	
votes	for	and	against	resolutions	and	the	number	of	votes	withheld.	The	Company	ensures	that	votes	cast	are	properly	received	
and	recorded.	

28

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Remuneration	report

Composition of the Remuneration Committee

Bernie	Waldron	was	Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	until	23	October	2017.	The	other	member	during	this	period	was	
Paul	Taylor	who	was	appointed	Chairman	of	the	committee	from	23	October	2017	and	remains	Chairman	at	the	date	of	this	
report.	Tom	Black	was	appointed	to	the	committee	on	23	October	2017.

Paul	Taylor	has	no	potential	conflict	of	interest	arising	from	cross-directorships	and	he	is	not	involved	in	the	day-to-day	running	
of	the	Company.	Tom	Black	is	a	member	of	the	committee	but	is	not	involved	in	decisions	concerning	himself.

The	Remuneration	Committee	has	appointed	New	Bridge	Street	to	provide	advice	on	executive	remuneration	including	the	
valuation	of	awards	under	the	Equity	Incentive	Programme.	New	Bridge	Street	(a	trading	name	of	Aon	plc)	is	an	independent	
advisor	to	the	Remuneration	Committee.	Neither	New	Bridge	Street	nor	any	other	part	of	Aon	plc	provided	other	services	to	the	
Company	during	the	year	under	review.

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The	Remuneration	Committee	is	responsible	for	the	Board	policy	with	respect	to	senior	executives’	salary	and	other	
remuneration.	It	specifically	determines	within	remuneration	principles	agreed	with	the	Board,	the	total	remuneration	package	
of	each	Executive	Director	and	reviews	the	remuneration	packages	for	other	senior	executives.	A	copy	of	the	terms	of	reference	
of	the	Committee	is	available	on	request.

The	Committee	met	6	times	during	the	year.	Details	of	attendance	are	shown	in	the	Corporate	Governance	statement	on	
page	26.

Remuneration policy

The	Group’s	policy	is	to	provide	Executive	Directors	with	a	competitive	market-based	package	in	order	to	reward	individual	and	
Group	performance	and	deliver	outstanding	Shareholder	returns.

The	Remuneration	Committee	is	committed	to	ensuring	that	the	Company’s	key	executive	team	is	incentivised	to	drive	
sustainable	earnings	growth	and	returns	to	Shareholders,	thereby	creating	a	genuinely	strong	alignment	of	interests	between	
management	and	investors.	A	robust,	strategically-focused	equity-based	long-term	incentive	policy	is	a	key	ingredient	of	this.

Year ending 31 March 2018

During	the	year	under	review,	it	was	the	policy	of	the	Company	that	Executive	Directors	receive	a	basic	salary,	a	bonus	
opportunity,	life	assurance	of	4	times	salary,	private	medical	insurance	and	pension	fund	membership.	

Given	the	on-going	strategic	review	undertaken	during	the	year	and	resultant	sale	of	the	Video	Business	in	October	2017	no	
bonus	payments	were	made	to	the	Executive	Directors	(except	that	payable	to	Sharon	Cooper	as	detailed	on	page	33).

Following	completion	of	the	Video	Business	disposal,	awards	were	made	to	the	remaining	Executive	Directors	early	in	2018	
under	the	EMI	Share	option	scheme	as	detailed	on	page	34	of	this	report.

Year ending 31 March 2019 and subsequent periods

A	similar	structure	of	remuneration	will	be	payable	for	the	year	ending	31	March	2019	in	respect	of	base	salary,	life	assurance,	
private	medical	insurance	and	pension	fund	membership.	It	is	anticipated	that	a	further	award	under	the	EMI	Share	Option	
scheme	will	be	made	later	in	the	year.	Consideration	will	be	given	to	the	implementation	of	an	executive	bonus	scheme	following	
the	publication	of	this	report.

Base salary
It	is	the	policy	of	the	Company	to	pay	a	competitive	base	salary	which	is	regularly	benchmarked	against	organisations	of	a	similar	
size	and	in	a	similar	sector.

Bonus opportunity 
It	is	expected	that	formal	bonus	arrangements	for	the	Executive	Directors	will	be	agreed	subsequent	to	the	publication	of	this	
report.	Any	bonus	payments	will	be	paid	fully	in	cash.

Long-term Incentive Scheme
It	is	expected	that	annual	awards	will	be	made	under	the	LTIP.

29

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationRemuneration	report	continued

Pension
The	Company	introduced	a	Defined	Contribution	pension	scheme,	in	line	with	legislation,	for	all	employees	(including	Directors)	
in	October	2015.

Accordingly,	Zak	Doffman,	Colin	Evans	and	Sharon	Cooper	were	automatically	enrolled	into	the	scheme	in	October	2015	and	
Ian	Lindsay	in	March	2018.	The	scheme	provides	for	both	employer	and	employee	contributions	to	be	made	at	the	rate	of	1%	of	
base	salary	up	to	31	March	2018	and	at	2%	thereafter.	The	employer	contributions	of	Zak	Doffman	and	Sharon	Cooper	are	given	
on	page	33.	Colin	Evans	and	Tom	Black	(who	became	eligible	to	join	on	1	November	2017)	decided	not	to	participate	in	the	
scheme	and	accordingly	no	contributions	have	been	made	on	their	behalf.

Other benefits
Currently	the	Executive	Directors	are	offered	life	cover	of	4	times	salary	and	private	medical	insurance.	It	is	anticipated	that	these	
benefits	will	continue	and	that	no	other	benefits	will	be	offered.

Base salary

Following	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business	the	base	salary	of	Colin	Evans	reduced	to	£235,000	from	£310,000	(2017:	£310,000)	and	
the	base	salary	of	Tom	Black	(who	assumed	an	executive	position	on	that	date)	reduced	to	£45,000	from	£60,000	(2017:	£60,000).	
The	base	salary	of	Ian	Lindsay,	who	was	appointed	on	1	March	2018	is	£155,000.

The	base	salaries	of	Zak	Doffman	£330,000	(2017:	£330,000),	and	Sharon	Cooper	£210,000	(2017:	£210,000)	remained	
unchanged	to	the	date	they	respectively	stepped	down	from	the	Board.	

Termination payments 

No	termination	payment	was	made	to	Zak	Doffman	on	his	stepping	down	from	the	Board	on	31	October	2017.

Sharon	Cooper	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	10	November	2017.	She	received	a	payment	in	lieu	of	notice	of	£105,000	and	
following	the	successful	conclusion	of	the	Video	Business	sale	a	bonus	of	£35,000.	In	addition,	she	received	£14,538	in	respect	of	
accrued	but	untaken	holiday.	No	other	payments	were	made	to	her.

Bonus scheme

Year ending 31 March 2018
During	the	year	under	review,	the	Executive	Directors	did	not	participate	in	a	formal	bonus	arrangement	and	accordingly	no	
payments	were	made	to	them	in	this	regard.

Year ending 31 March 2019 
It	is	expected	that	formal	bonus	arrangements	for	the	Executive	Directors	will	be	agreed	subsequent	to	the	publication	of	this	
report.	Any	bonus	payments	will	be	paid	fully	in	cash.

Equity incentives

Historically,	the	Company	has	operated	the	Long-term	Incentive	Plan	(‘LTIP’),	with	the	aim	of	providing	employees	who	are	
granted	an	award	with	nil-cost	Shares	on	exercise.	The	historic	LTIP	awards	consisted	of	3	constituent	elements,	an	HMRC	
Approved	Option,	a	Top-Up	Award	and	a	Parallel	Option.	All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	to	both	Executive	Directors	and	senior	
management	are	approved	by	the	Remuneration	Committee.

HMRC Approved Options
A	grant	of	options	can	be	made	under	this	scheme	up	to	a	maximum	value	of	£30,000.	The	exercise	price	is	the	market	value	of	
Thruvision	Shares	the	day	prior	to	the	grant	date	and	the	option	can	be	exercised	between	3	and	10	years	from	date	of	award.

Top-Up Award
A	further	grant	of	nil-cost	options	can	be	made	under	this	scheme	if	the	Remuneration	Committee	considers	that	the	employee	
concerned	should	receive	an	award	with	a	value	in	excess	of	£30,000.	Again,	the	option	can	be	exercised	between	3	and	10	
years	from	date	of	award.	

Parallel Option
A	Parallel	Option	is	a	nil-cost	option	and	made	in	conjunction	with	an	award	of	HMRC	Approved	Options.	The	value	of	the	award	
on	exercise	is	capped	at	the	value	required	in	respect	of	the	exercise	price	of	the	HMRC	Approved	Options.	Parallel	Options	must	
be	exercised	at	the	same	time	as	the	associated	HMRC	Approved	Option	is	exercised	unless	the	entitlement	to	the	associated	
HMRC	Approved	Option	has	been	waived.

30

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Performance condition
All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	prior	to	31	March	2015	have	lapsed	given	that	the	performance	condition	has	not	
been	achieved.

Awards	made	since	1	April	2015	were	subject	to	future	performance,	based	on	specific	profit	and	revenue	targets.

Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme (EMI)
Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	the	Remuneration	Committee	agreed	that	future	equity	awards	would	be	made	
under	the	EMI	Section	of	the	LTIP.	Awards	under	the	EMI	provide	tax	efficient	Share	options	up	to	certain	limits	as	set	by	HMRC.	
Awards	were	made	under	the	EMI	scheme	as	detailed	on	page	34	of	this	report.	Performance	Conditions	do	not	apply	to	these	
awards	but	the	option	price	Is	payable	by	the	employee	concerned	on	exercise.	

Changes to the LTIP
It	is	proposed,	at	the	AGM	to	be	held	on	21	September	2018,	to	seek	Shareholder	approval	for	2	schedules	to	the	LTIP	that	will	
facilitate	(if	any)	the	lawful	grant	of	stock	options	to	Californian	residents	and	the	grant	of	qualified	incentive	stock	options	for	
the	purposes	of	US	tax	law.	Each	schedule	makes	purely	technical	changes	to	the	terms	on	which	awards	may	be	granted	to	
provide	either	for	grants	of	stock	options	in	California	in	compliance	with	Californian	laws	or	to	provide	potential	tax	favoured	
treatment	for	any	market	priced	option	awards	granted	to	US	tax	payers.	

Sharesave Scheme
At	the	General	Meeting	held	on	1	November	2013,	the	introduction	of	a	Sharesave	Scheme	(‘the	Scheme’)	was	approved	by	
Shareholders.	The	Scheme	was	launched	in	June	2014.

A	further	award	under	this	scheme	was	made	on	29	July	2016.	All	awards	held	by	employees	of	the	Video	Business	lapsed	on	
1	May	2018.

At	31	March	2018	818,473	options	remain	capable	of	exercise	under	this	award.	At	the	date	of	this	report	249,206	options	
remain	capable	of	exercise	at	an	exercise	price	of	31p	per	Share.

At	the	date	of	this	report	no	options	remain	capable	of	exercise	by	the	Executive	Directors	in	respect	of	this	scheme.

It	is	anticipated	that	the	Scheme	will	be	re-launched	to	all	UK	employees	within	6	weeks	of	the	publication	of	this	report.

There	are	no	other	Share	Option	schemes	operated	by	the	Group.

Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘the Plan’)
The	introduction	of	a	Deferred	Share	Bonus	Plan	for	use	in	conjunction	with	the	bonus	arrangements	for	the	Executive	Directors	
and	for	other	senior	employees	of	the	Group	who	may	have	an	entitlement	to	Deferred	Shares	under	Group	bonus	
arrangements	was	approved	by	the	2013	AGM.	

Full	details	of	the	Plan	are	given	in	the	2015	Annual	Report.

To	date	no	awards	have	been	made	under	the	Plan.

Dilution limits and Employee Benefit Trust
It	is	the	policy	of	the	Company	that	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	(including	the	EMI	scheme),	the	Sharesave	Scheme,	via	the	
Deferred	Share	Bonus	Plan	and	any	other	long-term	incentive	scheme	which	are	to	be	satisfied	by	new	issue	Shares	will,	in	total,	
not	exceed	1%	per	annum	on	average	of	the	issued	Share	capital	over	the	medium	to	long	term.	However,	in	the	short	term,	
awards	may	be	made	which	would	exceed	1%	in	any	one	particular	year.

At	31	March	2018,	potentially	dilutive	awards	have	been	made	and	are	still	outstanding	as	detailed	below:

Awards	under	the	EMI	scheme
Awards	under	the	unapproved	scheme
Awards	under	the	LTIP
Awards	under	the	Sharesave	Scheme(1)
Awards	under	the	Deferred	Share	Bonus	Plan
Total

Notes:

31 March 2018

31	March	2017

5,875,662
374,513
182,984
818,473
nil
7,251,632

nil
nil
7,327,646
1,922,574
nil
9,244,076

1.	 On	1	May	2018,	569,267	awards	under	the	Sharesave	scheme	held	by	Video	Business	leavers	lapsed.	Accordingly,	at	the	date	of	this	report	249,206	awards	

remain	outstanding	and	capable	of	exercise	in	respect	of	current	Thruvision	employees.

31

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther informationRemuneration	report	continued

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	(excluding	EMI	awards)	will	be	satisfied	by	Shares	held	in	the	Thruvision	Group	plc	Employee	
Benefit	Trust	(‘EBT’).	The	Company	has	confirmed	to	the	EBT	that	sufficient	Shares	will	be	made	available	prior	to	the	
requirement	to	satisfy	the	exercise	of	awards	under	the	LTIP.

It	is	anticipated	that	the	majority	of	outstanding	awards	under	the	LTIP	(excluding	EMI	awards)	made	prior	to	31	March	2017	are	
unlikely	to	vest	given	that	the	performance	condition	is	unlikely	to	be	achieved.

The	Remuneration	Committee	has	agreed	amended	performance	conditions	applicable	to	outstanding	LTIP	awards	to	reflect	the	
disposal	of	the	Video	Business	in	October	2017.

The	Remuneration	Committee	agreed	that	any	awards	made	to	employees	of	the	Video	Business	would	be	capable	of	exercise	
(subject	to	the	satisfaction	of	the	performance	condition)	on	the	sale	of	the	business	in	October	2017.	Following	the	sale	of	the	
business	on	31	October	2017	the	Remuneration	Committee	concluded	that	the	performance	conditions	had	not	been	achieved	
in	the	period	from	LTIP	award	to	31	October	2017	and	accordingly	4,082,500	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	to	Video	Business	
employees	lapsed	on	that	date.

The	performance	conditions	of	those	equity	incentives	capable	of	exercise	by	‘good	leavers’	have	been	modified	to	ensure	that	
they	are	not	materially	more	or	less	difficult	to	satisfy	than	intended	at	the	time	of	their	award.

All	current	employees	surrendered	their	awards	under	the	LTIP	in	January	2018.

Full	details	of	awards	made	under	the	LTIP,	the	EMI	scheme	and	the	Sharesave	Scheme	during	the	year	are	given	in	Note	17	on	
pages	72	to	75.

Pensions

Ian	Lindsay	joined	the	Thruvision	Group	Pension	Scheme,	a	defined	contribution	scheme,	from	1	March	2018.

Zak	Doffman	and	Sharon	Cooper	participated	in	the	Pension	Scheme	until	they	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	31	October	
2017	and	10	November	2017	respectively.

Tom	Black	and	Colin	Evans	did	not	participate	in	the	scheme	or	any	other	scheme	operated	by	the	Company.	

Remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors

The	remuneration	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	comprises	solely	of	fixed	fees	which	are	set	by	the	Board.	Advice	is	taken	on	
appropriate	levels	taking	account	of	the	development	of	the	Group,	market	practice,	time	commitment	and	responsibility.	
Directors	are	not	involved	in	discussions	relating	to	their	own	salary,	benefits	or	fees.	

The	total	fees	for	Non-Executive	Directors	remain	within	the	aggregate	limit	of	£250,000	per	annum	as	set	out	in	the	Articles.	
There	are	no	pre-determined	special	provisions	for	Non-Executive	Directors	with	regard	to	compensation	in	the	event	of	loss	 
of	office.	

In	the	year	under	review	and	to	the	date	of	this	report	the	annual	fee	payable	to	Paul	Taylor	was	£35,000	(2017:	£35,000)	per	
annum.	In	addition,	Paul	Taylor	was	paid	£10,000	in	respect	of	his	additional	workload	in	connection	with	the	sale	of	the	Video	
Business	during	the	year.

Tom	Black	assumed	the	role	of	Executive	Chairman	on	1	November	2017.	Prior	to	this	he	was	Non-Executive	Chairman	and	his	
annual	fee	was	£60,000	(2017:	£60,000).

Bernie	Waldron	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017	and	prior	to	this	his	fee	was	£35,000	(2017:	£35,000).

32

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2018

Executive Directors
Tom	Black	(as	Executive	Chairman)
Colin	Evans
Ian	Lindsay	(appointed	1	March	2018)
Zak	Doffman	(to	31	October	2017)
Sharon	Cooper	(to	10	November	2017)
Non-Executive Directors
Tom	Black	(as	Non-Executive	Chairman)
Paul	Taylor
Bernie	Waldron	(to	23	October	2017)
Total

Basic	 
salary/fees 
2018	 
£’000

Pension 
2018 
£’000

Other 
2018 
£’000

Benefits 
2018	 
£’000

Bonus 
2018	 
£’000

Remuneration

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

19
279
13
193
129

35
35
20
723

nil
nil
nil
2
1

nil
nil
nil
3

nil
nil
nil
0
120

nil
10
nil
130

nil
2
nil
1
1

nil
nil
nil
4

nil
nil
nil
nil
35

nil
nil
nil
35

19
281
13
196
286

35
45
20
895

nil
311
nil
334
213

60
35
35
988

Tom	Black,	Colin	Evans	and	Paul	Taylor	were	in	office	during	the	year	and	remuneration	has	been	presented	from	1	April	2017	to	
31	March	2018.

Zak	Doffman	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	31	October	2017,	Sharon	Cooper	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	10	November	
2017	and	Bernie	Waldron	stepped	down	from	the	Board	on	23	October	2017.	In	each	case	remuneration	is	presented	from	
1	April	2017	to	date	of	leaving	the	Board.

The	remuneration	of	Ian	Lindsay	is	presented	from	1	March	2018	to	31	March	2018.

Service contracts

Tom	Black	and	Colin	Evans	are	subject	to	rolling	service	contracts	with	a	notice	period	of	1	year.	Ian	Lindsay	is	subject	to	a	rolling	
service	contract	with	a	notice	period	of	6	months.	Payments	on	termination	for	Executive	Directors,	other	than	on	grounds	of	
incapacity	or	in	circumstances	justifying	summary	termination,	are	restricted	to	the	value	of	any	unexpired	notice	period	and	the	
cost	of	providing	other	contractual	benefits	during	the	unexpired	notice	period.

During	the	year	an	updated	service	contract	was	agreed	with	Tom	Black	to	reflect	his	move	from	Non-Executive	Chairman	to	an	
Executive	role.

The	letter	of	appointment	in	respect	of	Paul	Taylor	is	for	a	fixed	period	of	3	years	and	may	be	terminated	by	either	party	giving	to	
the	other	not	less	than	1	month’s	notice.	The	initial	3-year	period	in	respect	of	Paul	Taylor	expired	on	1	April	2015,	was	extended	
to	expire	on	1	April	2018	and	has	again	been	extended	for	a	further	period	of	3	years	to	expire	on	1	April	2021.	

Details	of	the	Directors	offering	themselves	for	re-election	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting	are	set	out	in	the	
Directors’	report	on	page	17.

The	service	contracts	and	letters	of	appointment	include	the	following	terms:

Executive	Chairman

Tom	Black

Executive	Directors
Colin	Evans
Ian	Lindsay

Independent	Non-Executive	Directors
Paul	Taylor

Date	of	contract

12	January	2018

23	October	2010
13	December	2017

Letters	of	appointment
3	May	2018

Notice	period	(months)

12

12
6

Notice	period	(months)
1

33

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Remuneration	report	continued

TSR performance

The	graph	below	sets	out	for	the	period	from	IPO	to	31	March	2018	the	Total	Shareholder	Return	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	and	
the	performance	of	FTSE	Aim	sector	and	the	FTSE	All	Share	Support	Services	index.

250

200

150

100

50

0

Mar 10

Mar 11

Mar 12

Mar 13

Mar 14

Mar 15

Mar 16

Mar 17

Mar 18

THRU

FTSE AIM (rebased)

FTSE All Share Support Services (rebased)

The	Share	price	of	the	Company	on	8	February	2010	(being	the	date	of	the	Company’s	IPO)	was	£1.	During	the	year	under	review,	
the	Share	price	varied	between	10	pence	and	32	pence	and	at	31	March	2018	was	11	pence.

Share awards under the EMI scheme held at 31 March 2018
Vested 
	during	
the	year

Awarded	 
during	 
the	year

Lapsed	 
during	 
the	year

At 
	1	April	 
2017

At	 
31	March	 
2018

Grant	 
date	

Exercisable	from	

Share	price	
at	grant

Exercise	 
price

Tom Black
EMI	Share	options	
awarded	in	 
January	2018

Colin Evans
EMI	Share	options	
awarded	in	 
January	2018

Ian Lindsay
EMI	Share	options	
awarded	in	 
January	2018

nil

585,175

nil

nil

585,175

17/1/18

17/1/21	to	17/1/28

15.38p

15.38p

nil 1,625,487

nil

nil 1,625,487

17/1/18

17/1/21	to	17/1/28

15.38p

15.38p

nil

400,000

nil

nil

400,000

14/3/18

14/3/18	to	14/3/28

12.75p

12.75p

Share awards under the unapproved Share option scheme held at 31 March 2018

At 
	1	April	 
2017

Awarded	 
during	 
the	year

Lapsed	 
during	 
the	year

Vested 
	during	
the	year

At	 
31	March	 
2018

Grant	 
date	

Exercisable	from	

Share	price	
at	grant

Exercise	 
price

nil

374,513

nil

nil

374,513

17/1/18

17/1/21	to	17/1/28

15.38p

15.38p

Colin Evans
Unapproved	Share	
options	awarded	in	
January	2018

34

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Share awards under the LTIP held at 31 March 2018

At 
	1	April	 
2017

Awarded	 
during	 
the	year

Lapsed	 
during	 
the	year

Vested 
	during	
the	year

At	 
31	March	 
2018

Grant	 
date	

Exercisable	from	

Share	price	
at	grant

Exercise	 
price

Colin Evans(2)
LTIP	award	granted	
June	2014

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2015

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2016

Total LTIP award

comprising:
HMRC	Approved	Options
Parallel	Option(1)
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award

Zak Doffman
LTIP	award	granted	
June	2014

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2015

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2016

Total LTIP award

comprising:
HMRC	Approved	Options
Parallel	Option(1)
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award

Sharon Cooper
LTIP	award	granted	
June	2014

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2015

LTIP	award	granted	
July	2016

Total LTIP award

comprising:
HMRC	Approved	Options
Parallel	Option(1)
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award
Top-Up	Award

Notes:

125,523

	nil

125,523

500,000

nil

500,000

250,000

875,523

25,104
25,104
100,419
500,000
250,000

nil

nil

nil
nil
nil
	nil
nil

250,000

875,523

25,104
25,104
100,419
500,000
250,000

125,523

nil

125,523

1,000,000

nil 1,000,000

500,000

1,625,523

25,104
25,104
100,419
1,000,000
500,000

nil

500,000

nil 1,625,523

25,104
nil
25,104
nil
100,419
nil
nil 1,000,000
500,000
nil

104,602

nil

104,602

250,000

nil

250,000

200,000

554,602

25,104
25,104
79,498
250,000
200,000

nil

nil

nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

200,000

nil 

25,104
25,104
74,104
250,000
200,000

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil
nil
nil
	nil
nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil
nil
nil	
nil
nil

nil

nil

nil

nil 

nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24

£1.195

n/a

nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25

£0.365

nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£0.48

nil

nil

nil

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24	
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24	
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25
nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£1.195 £1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£0.365
nil
£0.48

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24

£1.195

n/a

nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25

£0.365

nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£0.48

nil

nil

nil

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25
nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£1.195 £1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£0.365
nil
£0.48

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24

£1.195

n/a

nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25

£0.365

nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£0.48

nil 

nil

nil

nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 12/06/14 13/06/17	to	12/06/24
nil 02/07/15 03/07/18	to	02/07/25
nil 28/07/16 29/07/19	to	28/07/26

£1.195 £1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£1.195
nil
£0.365
nil
£0.48

1.	 The	Parallel	Option	is	awarded	to	deliver	the	exercise	price	of	the	HMRC	Approved	Option	and	as	such	is	not	included	in	the	calculation	of	the	total	LTIP	

award.	Full	details	are	given	on	page	30.

2.	 Colin	Evans	surrendered	all	awards	made	to	him	under	the	LTIP	on	16	January	2017	and	hence	they	lapsed	on	that	day.

35

Annual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration	report	continued

Share awards under the Sharesave Scheme at 31 March 2018
Vested 
	during	
the	year

Awarded	 
during	 
the	year

Lapsed	 
during	 
the	year

At 
	1	April	 
2017

At  
31 March  
2018

Grant	 
date	

Exercisable	from	

Share	price	
at	grant

Exercise	 
price

Sharon Cooper 
Sharesave	option	
granted	July	2016

Total Sharesave  
award

46,683

nil

46,683

875,523

nil 875,523

nil

nil

nil 27/07/16

28/7/19	to	27/1/20

£0.48

£0.33

nil

Directors’ interests in Shares
The	interests	of	the	Directors	at	the	end	of	the	year	in	the	Share	capital	of	the	Company	were	as	follows:

Tom	Black
Colin	Evans
Ian	Lindsay
Paul	Taylor

As at 
31 March 2018
Ordinary 
Shares

11,349,444
2,423,900
nil
272,489

As	at	
1	April	2017
Ordinary	
Shares

9,319,432
1,574,920
n/a
118,651

As at
31 March 2018
Deferred
Shares

As	at
31	March	2017
Deferred
Shares

81,562
40,781
nil
nil

54,375
27,187
n/a
nil

No	Director	holds	a	non-beneficial	interest	in	the	Company’s	Share	capital.	There	have	been	no	changes	in	Directors’	Shareholdings	
between	31	March	2018	and	25	June	2018.

Approved	by	the	Board	and	signed	on	its	behalf:

Paul Taylor 
Chairman,	Remuneration	Committee

25	June	2018

36

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
Directors’	responsibility	statement	–
Group	financial	statement

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Report	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	and	
the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	and	regulations.

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	Under	that	law	the	Directors	have	to	
prepare	the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	as	adopted	by	the	
European	Union.	Under	Company	law1	the	Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	
they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	affairs	and	profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	and	Group	for	that	period.	In	preparing	
these	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	required	to:

•  select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	apply	them	consistently;

•  make	judgements	and	accounting	estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;

•  IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	have	been	followed,	subject	to	any	material	departures	disclosed	and	explained	in	

the	financial	statements;

•  prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	Company	will	

continue	in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	adequate	accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Company’s	
transactions	and	disclose	with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	financial	position	of	the	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	
that	the	financial	statements	and	the	Directors’	Remuneration	report	comply	with	the	Companies	Act	2006.	They	are	also	
responsible	for	safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	steps	for	the	prevention	and	detection	
of	fraud	and	other	irregularities.

The	Directors	confirm	that:	

•  so	far	as	each	Director	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	information	of	which	the	Company’s	auditor	is	unaware;	and

•  the	Directors	have	taken	all	the	steps	that	they	ought	to	have	taken	as	Directors	in	order	to	make	themselves	aware	of	any	

relevant	audit	information	and	to	establish	that	the	Company’s	auditor	is	aware	of	that	information.

To	the	best	of	our	knowledge:

•  the	Group	and	parent	financial	statements,	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union,	give	a	true	
and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	in	the	
consolidation	taken	as	a	whole;	and	

•  the	Strategic	Report	and	Directors’	Report	include	a	fair	review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	and	the	
position	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	in	the	consolidation	taken	as	a	whole,	together	with	a	description	of	
the	principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	they	face.

Tom Black   
Chairman	

25	June	2018	

Ian Lindsay 
Finance	Director

25	June	2018

1.	 Section	393,	Companies	Act	2006.

37

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements	
Independent	auditors’	report
to	the	members	of	Thruvision	Group	plc

Opinion

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	Thruvision	Group	Plc	(the	‘parent	Company’)	and	its	subsidiaries	(together,	the	
‘Group’)	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	which	comprise	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Comprehensive	Income,	the	
Consolidated	Statement	of	Financial	Position,	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity,	the	Consolidated	Cash	Flow	
Statement,	the	Parent	Company	Statement	of	Financial	Position,	the	Parent	Company	Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity	and	
notes	to	the	financial	statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	accounting	policies.	The	financial	reporting	framework	
that	has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	Group	financial	statements	is	applicable	law	and	International	Financial	
Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union.	The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	
the	preparation	of	the	parent	Company	financial	statements	is	applicable	law	and	United	Kingdom	Accounting	Standards,	
including	Financial	Reporting	Standard	101	‘Reduced	Disclosures	Framework’	(United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	
Accounting	Practice).

In	our	opinion:

•  the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	Group’s	and	of	the	parent	Company’s	affairs	as	at	31	

March	2018	and	of	the	Group’s	loss	for	the	year	then	ended;

•  the	Group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union;

•  the	parent	Company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	Generally	

Accepted	Accounting	Practice;	and

•  the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

Basis for opinion
We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK)	(ISAs	(UK))	and	applicable	law.	Our	
responsibilities	under	those	standards	are	further	described	in	the	Auditor’s	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	
statements	Section	of	our	report.	We	are	independent	of	the	Group	and	the	parent	Company	in	accordance	with	the	ethical	
requirements	that	are	relevant	to	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	UK,	including	the	FRC’s	Ethical	Standard	as	applied	
to	listed	entities,	and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	these	requirements.	We	believe	that	
the	audit	evidence	we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.

Who we are reporting to
This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Company’s	members,	as	a	body,	in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	
2006.	Our	audit	work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	to	the	Company’s	members	those	matters	we	are	required	to	
state	to	them	in	an	auditor’s	report	and	for	no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	permitted	by	law,	we	do	not	accept	or	assume	
responsibility	to	anyone	other	than	the	Company	and	the	Company’s	members	as	a	body,	for	our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	
for	the	opinions	we	have	formed.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	the	following	matters	in	relation	to	which	the	ISAs	(UK)	require	us	to	report	to	you	
where:

•  the	Directors’	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	not	appropriate;	or

•  the	Directors	have	not	disclosed	in	the	financial	statements	any	identified	material	uncertainties	that	may	cast	significant	
doubt	about	the	Group’s	or	the	parent	Company’s	ability	to	continue	to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	for	a	
period	of	at	least	12	months	from	the	date	when	the	financial	statements	are	authorised	for	issue.

38

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Overview of our audit approach

•  Overall	materiality:	£447,000,	which	represents	2.75%	of	the	Group’s	revenue	

•  Key	audit	matters	were	identified	as	follows:

 - Revenue	recognition

 - Completeness	and	accuracy	of	disposal	accounting	and	disclosures,	including	validity	and	recoverability	of	

contingent	consideration	

•  	We	performed	a	full	scope	audit	covering	Thruvision	Group	Plc	and	Thruvision	Limited,	as	well	as	targeted	procedures	on	

Thruvision	Inc.	and	comprehensive	procedures	on	the	discontinued	operations	recognised	in	the	Statement	of	
Comprehensive	Income.

Key audit matters

The	graph	below	depicts	the	audit	risks	identified	and	their	relative	significance	based	on	the	extent	of	the	financial	statement	
impact	and	the	extent	of	management	judgement.

High

Potential
financial
statement
impact

Payroll

Inventory

Impairment 
of investment

Revenue
recognition

Disposal accounting 
and disclosures

Management
override of controls

Purchase and 
trade creditors

Trade 
receivables

Low

Low

Extent of management judgement

High

Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgment,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	financial	
statements	of	the	current	period	and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	(whether	or	not	due	to	
fraud)	that	we	identified.	These	matters	included	those	that	had	the	greatest	effect	on:	the	overall	audit	strategy,	the	allocation	
of	resources	in	the	audit;	and	directing	the	efforts	of	the	engagement	team.	These	matters	were	addressed	in	the	context	of	our	
audit	of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	our	opinion	thereon,	and	we	do	not	provide	a	separate	opinion	on	
these	matters.

39

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent	auditors’	report	to	the	members	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	continued

Key Audit Matter – Group

How the matter was addressed in the audit

Revenue Recognition

Our	audit	work	included,	but	was	not	restricted	to:	

Revenues	of	£16,232,000	have	been	
recognised	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018,	
arising	from	3	revenue	streams.	This	is	a	
highly	material	number	within	the	accounts.

Revenue	is	a	KPI	for	the	business	and	is	a	key	
metric	for	investors.	There	is	a	degree	of	
management	judgement	involved	in	relation	
to	the	timing	and	recognition	of	revenues.

We	therefore	identified	improper	revenue	
recognition	as	a	significant	risk,	which	was	
one	of	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	
material	misstatement.

•  Evaluating	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	for	revenue	recognition	for	

compliance	with	IAS18	and	IAS11.

•  A	sample	of	revenue	transactions	was	selected	from	the	revenue	listing	for	the	

Group	for	the	full	year,	covering	sales	for	the	discontinued	and	continuing	
operations,	and	agreed	to	third	party	evidence.	

•  For	sales	of	goods,	we	traced	recognised	transactions	to	proof	of	delivery,	or	

other	evidence	that	the	customer	had	accepted	ownership,	in	order	to	provide	
evidence	of	occurrence	and	of	appropriate	revenue	recognition.	

•  For	software	and	maintenance	licence	sales,	we	agreed	to	sales	invoice,	and	the	

original	sales	contract	as	signed	by	the	customer.	We	also	recalculated	the	
revenue	recognised	based	on	the	length	of	the	licence,	and	ensured	that	
deferred	revenue	was	correctly	recognised.

•  For	project	revenue,	we	agreed	the	allocation	of	costs	to	the	projects	sampled	
and	traced	the	allocated	costs	to	relevant	support,	such	as	purchase	invoices.	
Based	on	a	recalculation	of	the	costs	incurred	as	a	proportion	of	the	total	cost	
of	the	project,	we	ensured	that	revenue	had	been	recognised	on	a	percentage	
completion	basis.	In	addition,	we	agreed	the	proportion	of	project	revenue	
recognised	by	agreeing	to	customer	acceptance	of	the	service	provided.	Finally,	
we	assessed	and	challenged	management’s	assessment	of	costs	to	complete	to	
ensure	that	the	overall	contracts	were	profit	making.

The	Group’s	accounting	policy	on	revenue	recognition	is	shown	in	Note	1	to	the	
financial	statements	and	related	disclosures	are	included	in	Note	2.	

Key observations
Overall,	based	on	our	audit	work,	our	assessment	is	that	revenue	has	been	
recognised	in	accordance	with	IAS18	and	IAS	11,	and	that	the	estimates	applied	
by	management	resulted	in	an	appropriate	level	of	revenue	recognised	in	the	
Statement	of	Comprehensive	Income.

40

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Key Audit Matter – Group and Parent

How the matter was addressed in the audit

Completeness and accuracy of disposal 
accounting and disclosures, including 
validity and recoverability of contingent 
consideration

In	October	2017,	Thruvision	Group	Plc	
completed	the	sale	of	its	Video	Business.	
The	loss	on	disposal	and	disposal	related	
costs	recognised	in	the	Group	accounts	was	
£4.5	million.	This	is	a	highly	material	number	
within	the	accounts.

The	loss	on	disposal	is	a	key	figure	within	the	
accounts.	There	is	also	a	degree	of	
management	judgement	involved	in	the	
assessment	of	the	amount	of	contingent	
consideration	that	is	expect	to	be	receivable.

We	therefore	identified	completeness	of	
disposal	accounting	and	disclosures,	
including	validity	and	recoverability	of	
contingent	consideration,	as	a	significant	
risk,	which	was	one	of	the	most	significant	
assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement.

Our application of materiality

Our	audit	work	included,	but	was	not	restricted	to:	

•  Obtaining	the	Share	Purchase	Agreement	(SPA)	and	agreeing	key	terms	to	

management’s	calculation	on	the	loss	on	disposal.

•  Tracing	the	proceeds	received	to	the	SPA	and	to	cash	receipt.

•  Agreeing	the	mechanism	for	calculating	the	contingent	consideration	

receivable	with	reference	to	the	SPA

•  Discussing	and	challenging	key	judgements	with	regards	to	management’s	

assessment	of	the	contingent	consideration	likely	to	be	received,	and	obtaining	
evidence	available	to	support	management’s	judgements.	

•  Agreeing	disposal	related	costs	to	supporting	documentation,	such	as	purchase	

invoices.

•  Ensuring	that	the	financial	statement	disclosures	are	complete	and	in	

accordance	with	IFRS.

•  Related	disclosures	are	included	in	Note	25	to	the	financial	statements.	

Key observations
Overall,	based	on	our	audit	work,	our	assessment	is	that	the	disposal	accounting	
and	disclosures	are	complete,	and	that	the	contingent	consideration	is	valid	and	
recoverable.

We	define	materiality	as	the	magnitude	of	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	that	makes	it	probable	that		the	economic	
decisions	of	a	reasonably	knowledgeable	person	would	be	changed	or	influenced.	We	use	materiality	in	determining	the	nature,	
timing	and	extent	of	our	audit	work	and	in	evaluating	the	results	of	that	work.	

41

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent	auditors’	report	to	the	members	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	continued

Materiality	was	determined	as	follows:

Materiality Measure

Group 

Parent

Financial	statements	as	a	whole

Performance	materiality	used	to	drive	the	
extent	of	our	testing

Communication	of	misstatements	to	the	
Audit	Committee

£447,000	which	is	2.75%	of	total	
revenues.	This	benchmark	is	considered	
the	most	appropriate	because	this	is	a	
key	performance	indicator.	Furthermore,	
we	benchmarked	this	against	the	loss	for	
the	year	and	net	assets,	and	deemed	the	
level	to	be	appropriate.

£423,000	which	is	1.75%	of	preliminary	
total	assets.	This	benchmark	is	considered	
the	most	appropriate	because	the	parent	
Company’s	principal	activity	is	that	of	a	
holding	Company	and	therefore	the	entity	
does	not	generate	any	revenues.

75%	of	financial	statement	materiality.

75%	of	financial	statement	materiality.

£22,350	and	misstatements	below	that	
threshold	that,	in	our	view,	warrant	
reporting	on	qualitative	grounds.

£21,150	and	misstatements	below	that	
threshold	that,	in	our	view,	warrant	
reporting	on	qualitative	grounds.

The	graph	below	illustrates	how	performance	materiality	interacts	with	our	overall	materiality	and	the	tolerance	for	potential	
uncorrected	misstatements.

An overview of the scope of our audit

Overall materiality – group

Overall materiality – parent

25%

75%

Tolerance for 
potential uncorrected 
mistatements

Performance 
materiality

25%

75%

Our	audit	approach	was	a	risk-based	approach	founded	on	a	thorough	understanding	of	the	Group’s	business,	its	environment	
and	risk	profile.	We	considered	material	components	using	Group	materiality	and	our	scope	included	the	following:	

•  Understanding	the	Group’s	internal	control	environment	by	performing	process	walkthroughs	and	documenting	the	controls	

covering	all	of	the	Key	Audit	Matters	and	Other	Risks	shown	in	the	graph	above;

•  Results	of	the	prior	year	audit	which	we	considered	as	part	of	our	risk	assessment	process	and	review	of	the	prior	year	

auditor’s	work;

•  Performing	a	full	scope	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	parent	Company	Thruvision	Group	Plc,	which	includes	100%	

of	the	Group’s	investments;

•  Performing	a	full	scope	audit	of	the	financial	statements	of	Thruvision	Ltd,	the	main	trading	entity;

•  Performing	comprehensive	audit	procedures	on	the	discontinued	operations	recognised	in	the	Statement	of	

Comprehensive	Income;

•  Performing	targeted	procedures	covering	Thruvision	Inc.,	a	subsidiary	incorporated	in	the	United	States;	and

•  Our	full	scope	and	targeted	audit	procedures	covered	100%	of	the	revenue	recognised,	100%	of	the	loss	recognised	and	99%	

of	the	assets	held.	

42

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Other information

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	other	information.	The	other	information	comprises	the	information	included	in	the	annual	
report	set	out	on	pages	1	to	36,	other	than	the	financial	statements	and	our	auditor’s	report	thereon.	Our	opinion	on	the	
financial	statements	does	not	cover	the	other	information	and,	except	to	the	extent	otherwise	explicitly	stated	in	our	report,	we	
do	not	express	any	form	of	assurance	conclusion	thereon.	

In	connection	with	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements,	our	responsibility	is	to	read	the	other	information	and,	in	doing	so,	
consider	whether	the	other	information	is	materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	statements	or	our	knowledge	obtained	in	the	
audit	or	otherwise	appears	to	be	materially	misstated.	If	we	identify	such	material	inconsistencies	or	apparent	material	
misstatements,	we	are	required	to	determine	whether	there	is	a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	statements	or	a	material	
misstatement	of	the	other	information.	If,	based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	we	conclude	that	there	is	a	material	
misstatement	of	this	other	information,	we	are	required	to	report	that	fact.	

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	this	regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In	our	opinion,	based	on	the	work	undertaken	in	the	course	of	the	audit:

•  the	information	given	in	the	strategic	report	and	the	Directors’	report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	financial	

statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements;	and

•  the	strategic	report	and	the	Directors’	report	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	applicable	legal	requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006

In	the	light	of	the	knowledge	and	understanding	of	the	Group	and	the	parent	Company	and	its	environment	obtained	in	the	
course	of	the	audit,	we	have	not	identified	material	misstatements	in	the	strategic	report	or	the	Directors’	report.	

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	the	following	matters	in	relation	to	which	the	Companies	Act	2006	requires	us	to	report	
to	you	if,	in	our	opinion:

•  adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	Company,	or	returns	adequate	for	our	audit	have	not	been	

received	from	branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

•  the	parent	Company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns;	or

•  certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•  we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.	

43

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent	auditors’	report	to	the	members	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	continued

Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements

As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	responsibilities	statement	set	out	on	page	37,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	
preparation	of	the	financial	statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view,	and	for	such	internal	control	as	
the	Directors	determine	is	necessary	to	enable	the	preparation	of	financial	statements	that	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	
whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	the	Group’s	and	the	parent	Company’s	ability	to	
continue	as	a	going	concern,	disclosing,	as	applicable,	matters	related	to	going	concern	and	using	the	going	concern	basis	of	
accounting	unless	the	Directors	either	intend	to	liquidate	the	Group	or	the	parent	Company	or	to	cease	operations,	or	have	no	
realistic	alternative	but	to	do	so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	are	free	from	material	
misstatement,	whether	due	to	fraud	or	error,	and	to	issue	an	auditor’s	report	that	includes	our	opinion.	Reasonable	assurance	is	
a	high	level	of	assurance,	but	is	not	a	guarantee	that	an	audit	conducted	in	accordance	with	ISAs	(UK)	will	always	detect	a	
material	misstatement	when	it	exists.	Misstatements	can	arise	from	fraud	or	error	and	are	considered	material	if,	individually	or	
in	the	aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	be	expected	to	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	of	these	
financial	statements.

A	further	description	of	our	responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements	is	located	on	the	Financial	Reporting	
Council’s	website	at:	www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.	This	description	forms	part	of	our	auditor’s	report.

Mark Bishop FCA 
Senior	Statutory	Auditor 
for	and	on	behalf	of	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP 
Statutory	Auditor,	Chartered	Accountants 
Oxford	

25	June	2018

44

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated	income	statement
for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost	of	sales
Gross profit
Administration	costs
Other	income
Operating loss
Finance	revenue
Finance	costs
Loss before tax
Income	tax
Loss for the period/year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations
Loss	from	discontinued	operation	(net	of	tax)
Loss for the period/year

Adjusted loss:
Loss before tax from continuing operations
Amortisation	of	intangibles	initially	recognised	on	acquisition	
Share-based	payment
Financing	set	up	fees
Adjusted loss before tax for the period/year from continuing operations

Loss per Share – continuing operations
Loss	per	Share	–	basic	
Loss	per	Share	–	diluted
Loss per Share – continuing and discontinued operations
Loss	per	Share	–	basic
Loss	per	Share	–	diluted

Year ended  
31 March 2018
£’000

Year	ended	 
31	March	2017	
£’000

Note

2

3
6
7

8

3,103
(2,024)
1,079
(3,654)
51
(2,524)
70
(758)
(3,212)
90
(3,122)

2,024
(1,146)
878
(2,933)
–
(2,055)
1,870
(906)
(1,091)
129
(962)

25

(16,429)
(19,551)

(15,718)
(16,680)

4

4

9
9

9
9

(3,212)
–
52
263
(2,897)

(1.89p)
(1.89p)

(11.84p)
(11.84p)

(1,091)
98
113
421
(459)

(0.58p)
(0.58p)

(10.10p)
(10.10p)

45

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsConsolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income
for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018

Loss for the period/year from continuing operations
Loss	for	the	period/year	from	discontinued	operations
Loss for the period/year attributable to owners of the parent

Year ended  
31 March 2018 
£’000
(3,122)
(16,429)
(19,551)

Year	ended	 
31	March	2017	
£’000
(962)
(15,718)
(16,680)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income from continuing operations
Other	comprehensive	(loss)/income	that	may	be	subsequently	reclassified	to	profit	and	loss:
Exchange	differences	on	retranslation	of	foreign	operations	–	discontinued
Reclassification	to	profit	and	loss
Net other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods
Total comprehensive loss attributable to owners of the parent

(694)
701
7
(19,544)

746
–
746
(15,934)

46

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated	statement	of	financial	position
at	31	March	2018

Assets
Non-current assets
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Goodwill
Other	intangible	assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade	and	other	receivables
Current	tax	recoverable
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Attributable	to	owners	of	the	parent
Equity	Share	capital
Share	premium
Capital	redemption	reserve
Merger	reserve
Translation	reserve
Other	reserves
Retained	earnings
Total equity

Non-current liabilities
Deferred	tax	liabilities
Provisions

Current liabilities
Trade	and	other	payables
Provisions

Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Note

31 March 2018 
£’000

31	March	2017	
£’000

10
11
12

13
14

19

17

8
20

15
20

278
–
2
280

1,813
1,229
90
17,587
20,719
20,999

1,814
109,078
4,786
–
8
–
(96,207)
19,479

–
36
36

1,455
29
1,484
1,520
20,999

1,132
17,076
11,380
29,588

8,018
7,656
1,304
1,002
17,980
47,568

1,814
109,078
4,786
454
1
(307)
(76,912)
38,914

620
90
710

7,908
36
7,944
8,654
47,568

The	financial	statements	on	pages	45	to	84	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	25	June	2018	and	were	signed	on	its	
behalf	by:

Tom Black   
Chairman	

Ian Lindsay 
Finance	Director

47

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements	
Consolidated	statement	of	changes	in	equity
for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018

–
–
–
54
–

Share
Ordinary	
premium
Share	
account
capital
£’000
£’000
1,760 109,078
–
–
–
–
–
1,814 109,078
–
–
–
–
–
1,814 109,078

–
–
–
–
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
4,786
–
–
–
–
–
4,786
–
–
–
–
–
4,786

Merger	
reserve
£’000
454
–
–
–
–
–
454
–
–
–
(454)
–
–

Translation	
reserve
£’000
(745)
–
746
746
–
–
1
701
(694)
7
–
–
8

Other
reserves
£’000
(307)
–
–
–
–
–
(307)
–
–
–
307
–
–

Retained	
Earnings	
£’000
(60,656)
(16,680)
–
(16,680)
–
424
(76,912)
(19,551)
–
(19,551)
147
109
(96,207)

Total
equity
£’000
54,370
(16,680)
746
(15,934)
54
424
38,914
(18,850)
(694)
(19,544)
–
109
19,479

At 31 March 2016
Loss	for	the	year
Other	comprehensive	income
Total	comprehensive	gain/(loss)
Incentive	Share	conversion
Share-based	payment	credit
At 31 March 2017
Gain/(loss)	for	the	year
Other	comprehensive	loss
Total	comprehensive	gain/(loss)
On	disposal	of	Video	Business
Share-based	payment	credit
At 31 March 2018

48

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows
for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018

Operating activities
Loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	
Loss	before	tax	from	discontinued	operations
Loss	before	tax
Non-cash	adjustment	to	reconcile	loss	before	tax	to	net	cash	flows

Year ended  
31 March 2018 
£’000

Year	ended	 
31	March	2017 
£’000

Note

(3,212)
(16,337)
(19,549)

(1,091)
(15,831)
(16,922)

Depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets
Impairment	of	goodwill
Share-based	payment	transaction	expense
Unrealised	gains	on	foreign	exchange
Realisation	of	foreign	exchange	losses	on	disposal	of	Video	Business
Release	of	deferred	consideration
Disposal	of	fixed	assets
Loss	on	disposal	of	Video	Business
Recovery	of	purchase	consideration
Finance	income
Finance	costs
Non-cash	consideration
Non-cash	settlement	of	borrowings	–	repayment	of	loan	out	of	disposal	proceeds

10
12
11
17

18
10

18,	25
6

Working	capital	adjustments:

(Increase)/decrease	in	trade	and	other	receivables	
Increase	in	inventories
Increase/(decrease)	in	trade	and	other	payables
Increase/(decrease)	in	deferred	revenue
(Decrease)	in	provisions
Cash	utilised	in	operations
Interest	paid
Tax	received
Net cash flow from operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase	of	property,	plant	&	equipment
Expenditure	on	intangible	assets
Interest	received
Cash	proceeds	from	disposal	of	Video	Business
Cash	balance	in	Video	Business	at	disposal
Recovery	of	purchase	consideration
Net cash flow utilised in investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds	from	borrowings
Finance	costs
Net cash flow from investing activities
Net	increase/(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	beginning	year
Effect	of	foreign	exchange	rate	changes	on	cash	and	cash	equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of year

10
12

18

400
716
4,291
109
62
708
–
(5)
2,085
(1,126)
(70)
1,227
7,635
(7,635)

(109)
(108)
370
762
(54)
(10,291)
–
762
(9,529)

(196)
(2)
70
19,187
(928)
1,126
19,257

7,635
(741)
6,894
16,622
1,002
(37)
17,587

481
1,588
7,500
424
(119)
–
(2,329)
5
–
–
(1,872)
1,081
–
–

5,582
(3,077)
(840)
(425)
(29)
(8,952)
(8)
523
(8,437)

(760)
(32)
19
–
–
288
(485)

–
(549)
(549)
(9,471)
10,836
(363)
1,002

49

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information

1. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
The	Group’s	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(‘IFRSs’)	as	
adopted	by	the	European	Union	as	they	apply	to	the	financial	statements	of	the	Group	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	and	
applied	in	accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	2006.

The	Financial	Statements	were	authorised	for	issue	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	25	June	2018	and	the	Statement	of	Financial	
Position	was	signed	on	the	Board’s	behalf	by	Tom	Black	and	Ian	Lindsay.

All	values	are	rounded	to	£’000	except	where	otherwise	stated.	

The	Company	is	a	public	limited	Company	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	England	and	Wales	and	whose	Shares	are	quoted	on	
AIM,	a	market	operated	by	the	London	Stock	Exchange.

The	consolidated	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	a	historical	cost	basis,	except:

•  non-monetary	items	that	are	measured	in	terms	of	historical	cost	in	a	foreign	currency	are	translated	using	the	exchange	rates	

as	at	the	dates	of	the	initial	transactions.	

Accounting policies
The	accounting	policies	which	apply	in	preparing	the	financial	statements	for	the	period	are	set	out	below.	These	policies	have	
been	consistently	applied	to	all	periods	presented	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements.	The	comparative	statement	of	
comprehensive	income	has	been	re-presented	as	if	an	operation	discontinued	during	the	current	year	had	been	discontinued	
from	the	start	of	the	comparative	year	(see	Note	25).	

Basis of measurement
Going concern 
The	Group’s	loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	for	the	period	was	£3.2	million	(2017:	£1.1	million).	As	at	31	March	2018	
the	Group	had	net	current	assets	of	£19.2	million	(31	March	2017:	£10.0	million)	and	net	cash	reserves	of	£17.6	million	(31	March	
2017:	£1.0	million).	

On	17	October	2016	the	Group	replaced	an	existing	£5.0	million	secured	working	capital	facility	for	export	activities	with	HSBC	
Bank	Plc	with	a	new	2	year	£10.0	million	secured	revolving	credit	facility	with	Investec	Bank	plc.	The	funds	available	through	this	
facility	were	used	to	meet	the	increasing	working	capital	requirements	of	the	Group’s	operating	activities.	The	facility	was	
secured	by	a	fixed	and	floating	charge	over	the	Group’s	assets	and	included	covenants	which	were	tested	quarterly.	 
On	28	September	2017	the	Group	arranged	an	unsecured	£5.25	million	loan	facility	with	Herald	Investment	Trust	to	supplement	
the	above	facility	for	a	period	of	15	months,	which	was	not	drawn	on.	Both	facilities	were	cancelled	in	November	2017.

On	31	October	2017	the	Group	completed	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	segment	to	Volpi	Capital	LLP	for	a	maximum	
consideration	payable	of	£27.5	million	in	cash	of	which	£25.5	million	was	payable	on	completion	(on	a	cash	free/debt	free	basis)	
and	the	remaining	£2.0	million	is	payable	subject	to	the	Video	Business	securing	a	specific	trading	contract	within	12	months	
following	completion.	The	cash	proceeds	from	the	sale,	after	related	fees,	are	significantly	greater	than	the	funding	requirements	
of	the	continuing	operations,	and	as	a	result	the	Board	announced	on	12	March	2018	its	intention	to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	
Shareholders.	The	remaining	cash,	after	the	return	to	Shareholders,	is	still	greater	than	the	funding	requirements	of	the	
continuing	operations	for	the	period	up	to	and	including	30	September	2019.	These	cash	balances	have	been	factored	in	to	cash	
flow	projections	for	the	Group.

The	Board	has	reviewed	these	cash	flow	forecasts	for	the	period	up	to	and	including	30	September	2019.	These	forecasts	and	
projections	take	into	account	reasonably	possible	changes	in	trading	performance	and	show	that	the	Group	will	be	able	to	
operate	within	the	level	of	current	funding	resources.	The	Directors	therefore	believe	there	is	sufficient	cash	available	to	the	
Group	to	manage	through	these	requirements.	

As	with	all	businesses,	there	are	particular	times	of	the	year	where	the	Group’s	working	capital	requirements	are	at	their	peak,	
noting	the	Group	possesses	strong	cash	reserves	at	31	March	2018.	The	Group	is	well	placed	to	manage	business	risk	effectively	
and	the	Board	reviews	the	Group’s	performance	against	budgets	and	forecasts	on	a	regular	basis	to	ensure	action	is	taken	where	
needed.	

The	Directors	therefore	are	satisfied	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	operating	for	a	period	of	at	least	
12	months	from	the	approval	of	these	accounts.	For	this	reason,	they	have	adopted	the	going	concern	basis	in	preparing	the	
financial	statements.

Basis of consolidation
The	consolidated	financial	statements	for	the	year	include	those	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	and	all	of	its	subsidiary	undertakings	
(together	‘the	Group’)	drawn	up	at	31	March	2018.	

50

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20181. Accounting policies continued

Subsidiary	undertakings	are	those	entities	controlled	directly	or	indirectly	by	the	Company.	Control	is	achieved	when	the	Group	
is	exposed	or	has	rights	to	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	investee	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	
through	its	power	over	the	investee.	Subsidiaries	are	consolidated	from	the	date	of	their	acquisition,	being	the	date	on	which	the	
Group	obtains	control,	and	continue	to	be	consolidated	until	the	date	that	such	control	ceases.	Assets,	liabilities,	income	and	
expenses	of	a	subsidiary	acquired	or	disposed	of	during	the	year	are	included	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	from	the	
date	the	Group	gains	control	until	the	date	the	Group	ceases	to	control	the	subsidiary.	

Subsidiaries	are	consolidated	using	the	Group’s	accounting	policies.	All	intercompany	balances	and	transactions,	including	
unrealised	profits	arising	from	them,	are	eliminated	on	consolidation.	A	change	in	the	ownership	interest	of	a	subsidiary,	without	
a	loss	of	control,	is	accounted	for	as	an	equity	transaction.	If	the	Group	loses	control	over	a	subsidiary,	it	derecognises	the	related	
assets	(including	goodwill),	liabilities,	non-controlling	interest	and	other	components	of	equity	while	any	resultant	gain	or	loss	is	
recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	Any	investment	retained	is	recognised	at	fair	value.

Classification	as	a	discontinued	operation	occurs	on	disposal	or	when	the	operation	meets	the	criteria	to	be	classified	as	held	for	
sale	(see	Note	25),	if	earlier.	When	an	operation	is	classified	as	a	discontinued	operation,	the	comparative	income	is	re-presented	
as	if	the	operation	had	been	discontinued	from	the	start	of	the	comparative	year.	

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	management	has	to	make	judgements,	estimates	and	assumptions	that	affect	
the	reported	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities,	income	and	expenses.	The	critical	judgements	and	estimates	made	in	preparing	
the	consolidated	financial	statements	are	detailed	below.	These	judgements	and	estimates	involve	assumptions	in	respect	of	
future	events	which	can	vary	from	what	is	anticipated.

Revenue and profit recognition
Fixed	price	contracts	are	accounted	for	in	accordance	with	IAS	11	‘Construction	Contracts’.	Revenue	and	profits	are	recognised	
on	a	percentage-of-completion	basis,	when	the	outcome	of	a	contract	can	be	estimated	reliably.	Determining	whether	a	
contract’s	outcome	can	be	estimated	reliably	requires	management	to	exercise	judgement,	whilst	the	calculation	of	the	
contract’s	profit	requires	estimates	of	the	total	contract	costs	to	completion.	Cost	estimates	and	judgements	are	continually	
reviewed	and	updated	as	determined	by	events	or	circumstances.

Transport	Security	Administration	(TSA)	development	revenues	are	accounted	for	in	accordance	with	IAS11	‘Construction	
Contracts’.	The	recognition	requires	judgement	and	estimation	in	determining	the	key	assumptions,	specifically	the	volume	and	
value	of	directly	attributable	man	hours	and	materials,	required	to	complete	the	contractual	milestones	for	the	specific	funded	
product	development.	Costs	to	complete	and	contract	profitability	are	considered	as	part	of	Management’s	assessment	of	the	
stage	of	completion	of	the	project	and	involve	significant	estimation	uncertainty.	The	quantities	impacted	are	shown	in	Note	15	
within	deferred	income	relating	to	revenue	and	accruals	for	associated	cost	of	sales.

Intangible assets
In	accordance	with	IFRS	3	‘Business	Combinations’	goodwill	arising	on	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	is	capitalised	and	included	in	
intangible	assets.	IFRS	3	also	requires	the	identification	of	other	intangible	assets	acquired.	The	method	used	to	value	intangible	
assets	is	the	‘Income	Approach’	which	requires	the	use	of	a	number	of	estimates.	These	key	assumptions	include	revenue	and	
margin	projections	and	assessments	of	likelihood	of	contract	renewal	and	these	estimates	may	differ	from	actual	outcomes.	The	
useful	economic	life	of	other	intangibles	also	requires	the	use	of	estimates	which	may	differ	from	actual	outcomes.	Details	of	
other	intangibles	are	disclosed	in	Note	12,	including	details	of	the	carrying	amounts	and	remaining	useful	economic	lives	of	
individually	material	assets.	The	movements	in	Intangible	assets	are	summarised	as	per	Note	12	with	a	closing	net	book	value	on	
the	continuing	business	of	£2,000	(2017:	£nil)	and	discontinued	£nil	(2017:	£11,380,000).

Impairment of assets
The	Group	assess	annually	whether	there	is	an	indication	that	an	asset	may	be	impaired.	If	any	such	indication	exists,	or	when	
annual	impairment	testing	for	an	asset	is	required,	the	Group	makes	an	estimate	of	the	asset’s	recoverable	amount.	The	
recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	the	cash-generating	units	(CGUs)	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal	and	its	value	in	use	and	is	
determined	for	an	individual	asset,	unless	the	asset	does	not	generate	cash	flows	that	are	largely	independent	of	those	from	
other	assets	of	Groups	of	assets.	Where	the	carrying	amount	of	an	asset,	or	Group	of	assets,	exceeds	its	recoverable	amount,	the	
asset	is	considered	impaired	and	is	written	down	to	its	recoverable	amount.	

The	calculation	of	value	in	use	of	the	aggregate	cash-generating	units,	includes	an	estimate	of	the	short-term	(up	to	year	3)	and	
long-term	(beyond	year	3	up	to	5	years)	estimated	growth	rate	of	the	cash-generating	units,	utilising	historic	performance	
information	and	projected	growth	rates.	Key	assumptions	are	volume	of	unit	sales,	average	revenue	per	unit,	manufacturing	and	
R&D	costs	plus	overhead	assumptions.	The	associated	cash	flows	are	discounted	to	their	present	value	using	a	pre-tax	discount	
rate,	flexed	for	different	variable	scenarios,	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	
specific	to	the	asset.	The	impairment	charge	for	the	continuing	business	was	£nil	(2017:	£nil),	discontinued	£4.3	million	(2017:	
£7.5	million).

51

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

1. Accounting policies continued

Impairment of goodwill
The	determination	of	whether	or	not	goodwill	has	been	impaired	requires	an	estimate	to	be	made	of	the	value	in	use	of	the	
cash-generating	units	to	which	goodwill	has	been	allocated.	The	value	in	use	calculation	includes	estimates	about	the	future	
financial	performance	of	the	cash-generating	units,	including	management’s	estimates	of	long-term	operating	margins	and	
long-term	growth	rates.	This	calculation	is	performed	annually	each	year	and	compared	with	the	recoverable	amount	to	
determine	impairment.	The	testing	is	only	re-performed	if	an	impairment	triggering	event	occurs	in	the	intervening	period.	

The	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	and	the	key	assumptions	used	in	the	calculation	of	value	in	use	of	the	cash-generating	units	are	
disclosed	in	Note	11,	together	with	details	on	the	impairment	of	goodwill	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.	The	carrying	value	of	
goodwill	at	31	March	2018	is	£nil	following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	to	Volpi	Capital	LLP.

Inventories
In	recognising	the	net	realisable	values	of	inventories,	Management	utilises	the	most	reliable	information	available	at	each	
reporting	date.	The	future	realisation	of	these	inventories	may	be	impacted	by	future	developments	in	technologies	or	other	
market	and	industry	driven	changes	that	may	reduce	future	selling	prices.	Management	review	inventories	bi-annually,	
identifying	where	necessary	allowances	for	obsolete,	slow	moving	or	defective	inventories.	The	carrying	balance	of	inventories	
as	at	31	March	2018	is	detailed	in	Note	13.

Deferred consideration
In	recognising	the	fair	value	of	deferred	consideration	in	respect	of	business	combinations,	contingent	on	future	events	such	as	
revenue	and	profit,	management	make	estimates	as	to	the	extent	to	which	the	maximum	deferred	consideration	will	be	paid,	
based	on	weighted	probability	models	in	accordance	with	IFRS	3.	These	estimates	may	differ	from	actual	outcomes.	

In	accordance	with	IAS	39	the	deferred	consideration	is	a	financial	asset,	classified	as	a	loan	and	receivable	with	no	separable	
embedded	derivative	and	is	measured	at	amortised	cost.

Following	the	Video	Business	disposal	to	Volpi	capital	LLP	£2.0	million	is	payable	subject	to	the	Video	Business	securing	a	specific	
trading	contract	within	12	months	following	completion.	Further	amounts	will	become	payable	contingent	upon	the	successful	
collection	of	an	old	debt	from	a	customer	in	South	East	Asia	and	any	sales	of	a	specific	category	of	inventory.	The	Board	have	
assessed	the	likely	amount	recoverable	based	on	the	latest	available	information,	and	based	on	a	weighted	probability	model,	
have	included	a	contingent	asset	discounted	at	the	Company’s	weighted	average	cost	of	capital	totalling	£405,000,	as	per	Note	14.

Income taxes
In	recognising	deferred	tax	assets,	management	make	estimates	of	the	forecast	future	profitability	of	entities	within	the	Group	
and	the	likely	certainty	that	these	forecasts	will	be	achieved.	Where	the	final	outcome	of	such	matters	is	different,	or	expected	to	
be	different,	from	previous	assessments	made	by	management,	a	change	to	the	carrying	value	of	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	
will	be	recorded	in	the	period	in	which	such	determination	is	made.	The	carrying	value	of	deferred	tax	is	disclosed	in	note	8.	

Business combinations and goodwill
Business	combinations	are	accounted	for	using	the	acquisition	method.	The	cost	of	an	acquisition	is	measured	as	the	aggregate	
of	the	consideration	transferred,	measured	at	acquisition	date	fair	value	and	the	amount	of	any	non-controlling	interest	in	the	
acquiree.	Payments	made	that	are	contingent	on	the	vendors	continuing	to	be	employed	by	the	Group	are	treated	as	
remuneration	and	recognised	within	the	administration	cost	line	in	the	income	statement.	For	each	business	combination,	the	
acquirer	measures	the	non-controlling	interest	in	the	acquiree	either	at	fair	value	or	at	the	proportionate	Share	of	the	acquiree’s	
identifiable	net	assets.	

Any	contingent	consideration	to	be	transferred	by	the	acquirer	will	be	recognised	at	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date.	
Subsequent	changes	to	the	fair	value	of	the	contingent	consideration	which	is	deemed	to	be	an	asset	or	liability,	will	be	
recognised	in	the	income	statement.	If	the	contingent	consideration	is	classified	as	equity,	it	should	not	be	remeasured	until	it	is	
finally	settled	within	equity.

Goodwill	is	initially	measured	at	cost	being	the	excess	of	the	aggregate	of	the	consideration	transferred	and	the	amount	
recognised	for	non-controlling	interest	over	the	net	identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed.	If	this	consideration	is	
lower	than	the	fair	value	of	the	net	assets	of	the	subsidiary	acquired,	the	difference	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

After	initial	recognition,	goodwill	is	measured	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.	For	the	purpose	of	impairment	
testing,	goodwill	acquired	in	a	business	combination	is,	from	the	acquisition	date,	allocated	to	each	of	the	Group’s	cash-
generating	units	that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	the	combination,	irrespective	of	whether	other	assets	or	liabilities	of	the	
acquiree	are	assigned	to	those	units.

Where	goodwill	forms	part	of	a	cash-generating	unit	and	part	of	the	operation	within	that	unit	is	disposed	of,	the	goodwill	
associated	with	the	operation	disposed	of	is	included	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	operation	when	determining	the	gain	or	loss	
on	disposal	of	the	operation.	Goodwill	disposed	of	in	this	circumstance	is	measured	based	on	the	relative	values	of	the	operation	
disposed	of	and	the	portion	of	the	cash-generating	unit	retained.

52

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20181. Accounting policies continued

Intangible assets
In	accordance	with	IFRS	3	‘Business	Combinations’,	goodwill	arising	on	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	is	capitalised	and	included	
in	intangible	assets.	IFRS	3	also	requires	the	identification	of	other	intangible	assets	acquired.	The	method	used	to	value	
intangible	assets	is	the	‘Income	Approach’.	The	Income	Approach	indicates	the	fair	value	of	an	asset	based	on	the	value	of	the	
cash	flows	that	the	asset	might	reasonably	be	expected	to	generate.

Other intangible assets
Intangible	assets	acquired	from	a	business	combination	are	capitalised	at	fair	value	as	at	the	date	of	acquisition	and	amortised	
over	their	estimated	useful	economic	life.	An	intangible	asset	acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination	is	recognised	outside	
goodwill	if	the	asset	is	separable	or	arises	from	contractual	or	other	legal	rights.	The	estimated	useful	lives	of	the	intangible	
assets	are	as	follows:

•  customer	relationships	–	3	to	12	years;

•  order	backlog	–	1	to	3	years;

•  intellectual	property	and	Software	–	1	to	7	years;

•  patents	–	8;	and

•  trademarks	–	10	years.

Amortisation	is	charged	to	administration	expenses	in	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement	on	a	straight-line	basis.	Intangible	
assets,	other	than	development	costs,	created	within	the	business	are	not	capitalised	and	expenditure	thereon	is	charged	to	the	
income	statement	in	the	period	in	which	the	expenditure	is	incurred.

The	carrying	value	of	other	intangible	assets	is	reviewed	for	impairment	when	events	or	changes	in	circumstance	indicate	that	it	
may	be	impaired.	If	any	such	indication	exists,	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	asset	is	estimated	in	order	to	determine	the	extent	
of	the	impairment	loss.	The	recoverable	amount	is	estimated	to	be	the	higher	of	the	other	intangible	assets	fair	value	less	costs	
of	disposal	and	its	value	in	use	and	is	determined	for	an	individual	asset,	unless	the	asset	does	not	generate	cash	flows	that	are	
largely	independent	of	those	from	other	assets	of	Groups	of	assets.	Where	it	is	not	possible	to	estimate	the	recoverable	amount	
of	an	individual	asset,	the	Group	estimates	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	cash-generating	unit	to	which	it	belongs.

Revenue recognition
Revenue	is	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	the	economic	benefits	will	flow	to	the	Group	and	the	revenue	can	be	
reliably	measured.	Revenue	is	measured	at	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	received,	excluding	discounts,	rebates,	VAT	and	
other	sales	taxes.

Revenue	from	the	sale	of	products	is	recognised	when	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	are	transferred	to	the	customer,	
which	is	usually	at	the	point	at	which	goods	are	delivered	to	the	customer.

Licence	income	is	recognised	in	accordance	with	the	substance	of	the	agreement.	Revenue	from	licence	agreements	which	have	
no	significant	remaining	performance	obligations	is	recognised	where	there	is	persuasive	evidence	that	an	arrangement	exists,	
delivery	has	occurred,	the	fee	is	fixed	or	determinable	and	collectability	is	probable.

Revenue	arrangements	may	include	the	sale	of	products	together	with	installation	and/or	on-going	support	services.	Where	the	
commercial	substance	of	such	a	combination	is	that	the	individual	components	operate	independently	of	each	other	and	fair	
values	can	be	attributed	to	each	of	the	components,	each	are	then	recognised	in	accordance	with	their	respective	policies.

Revenue	from	support	contracts	is	spread	evenly	over	the	period	of	the	support	contract.

Revenue	derived	from	services	billed	to	customers	on	a	time	and	materials	or	fixed-price	basis	represents	the	value	of	work	
completed,	including	attributable	profit,	based	on	the	stage	of	completion	achieved	on	each	project.	For	time	and	materials	
projects,	revenue	is	recognised	as	services	are	performed.	For	fixed-price	projects,	revenue	is	recognised	according	to	the	stage	
of	completion	which	is	determined	using	the	percentage-of-completion	method	based	on	the	Directors’	assessment	of	progress	
against	key	project	milestones	and	risks,	and	the	ratio	of	costs	incurred	to	total	estimated	project	costs.	The	cumulative	impact	
of	any	revisions	to	the	estimate	of	percentage-of-completion	of	any	fixed-price	contracts	is	reflected	in	the	period	in	which	such	
impact	becomes	known.

Revenue	is	presented	as	the	gross	amount	billed	to	a	customer	where	it	is	earned	from	revenue	from	the	sale	of	goods	or	
services	as	principal.	Revenue	is	presented	as	the	net	amount	retained	where	it	is	earned	through	a	commission	or	fee.

Accrued income
Accrued	income	represents	revenue	recognised	to	date	less	amounts	invoiced	to	customers.	Full	provision	is	made	for	known	
or	anticipated	project	losses.

53

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

1. Accounting policies continued

Trade and other receivables
Trade	receivables	are	recognised	and	measured	at	their	original	invoiced	amount	less	provision	for	any	uncollectible	amounts.	
An	estimate	for	doubtful	debts	is	made	when	the	collection	of	the	full	amount	is	no	longer	probable.	Bad	debts	are	written	off	to	
the	income	statement	when	they	are	identified.	Financial	assets	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	at	
amortised	cost.

Provisions
Provisions	are	recognised	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	when	there	is	a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	as	a	result	
of	a	past	event,	and	it	is	probable	that	an	outflow	of	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation	and	a	reliable	
estimate	can	be	made	of	the	obligation;	discounting	at	a	pre-tax	discount	rate	when	the	time	value	of	money	is	material.	
Onerous	contract	provisions	are	recognised	for	unavoidable	costs	of	meeting	the	obligations	under	a	contract	that	exceed	the	
economic	benefits	expected	to	be	received	under	it.

Income taxes
Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	amount	expected	to	be	recovered	from	or	paid	to	the	taxation	authorities,	
based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	are	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	statement	of	financial	position’s	date.

Deferred	income	tax	is	recognised	on	all	temporary	differences	arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	
carrying	amounts	in	the	financial	statements,	with	the	following	exceptions:

•  where	the	temporary	difference	arises	from	the	initial	recognition	of	goodwill	or	of	an	asset	or	liability	in	a	transaction	that	is	

not	a	business	combination	that	at	the	time	of	the	transaction	affects	neither	accounting	nor	taxable	profit	or	loss;

•  in	respect	of	taxable	temporary	differences	associated	with	investments	in	subsidiaries,	associates	and	joint	ventures,	where	

the	timing	of	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	differences	can	be	controlled	and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	differences	will	
not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future;	and

•  deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profit	will	be	available	against	

which	the	deductible	temporary	differences,	carried	forward	tax	credits	or	tax	losses	can	be	utilised.

Deferred	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	
when	the	related	asset	is	realised	or	liability	is	settled,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	
statement	of	financial	position	date.

The	carrying	amount	of	deferred	income	tax	assets	is	reviewed	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date.	Deferred	income	tax	
assets	and	liabilities	are	offset,	only	if	a	legally	enforceable	right	exists	to	set	off	current	tax	assets	against	current	tax	liabilities,	the	
deferred	income	taxes	relate	to	the	same	taxation	authority	and	that	authority	permits	the	Group	to	make	a	single	net	payment.

Income	tax	is	charged	or	credited	to	other	comprehensive	income	if	it	relates	to	items	that	are	charged	or	credited	to	other	
comprehensive	income.	Similarly,	income	tax	is	charged	or	credited	directly	to	equity	if	it	relates	to	items	that	are	credited	or	
charged	directly	to	equity.	Otherwise	income	tax	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

Equity
Equity	comprises	the	following:	

•  Share	capital	represents	the	nominal	value	of	equity	Shares.	

•  Share	premium	represents	the	excess	over	nominal	value	of	the	fair	value	of	consideration	received	for	equity	Shares,	net	of	

expenses	of	the	Share	issue.	

•  The	Capital	redemption	reserve	represents	the	difference	between	the	proceeds	received	and	the	par	value	of	the	Shares	

bought	back	by	the	Company.	

•  The	Merger	reserve	represents	the	difference	between	the	fair	value	and	the	nominal	value	of	Shares	issued	on	the	
acquisition	of	Digital	Barriers	SAS	(formerly	known	as	Keeneo	SAS),	as	merger	relief	was	applicable	to	this	business	
combination.	

•  The	Translation	reserve	represents	the	impact	of	currency	translation	on	the	foreign	currency	net	investment	in	Thruvision	Inc	
and	previously	the	foreign	currency	net	investment	in	other	foreign	subsidiaries	which	were	disposed	of	as	part	of	the	disposal	
of	the	Video	Business.	

•  Other	reserves	represented	the	difference	between	the	carrying	value	of	the	net	assets	acquired	and	Shares	issued	in	

consideration	of	the	acquisition	of	Digital	Barriers	Services	Limited	which	was	accounted	for	using	the	pooling	of	interest	
method,	and	which	was	disposed	of	as	part	of	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.	The	Profit	and	loss	reserve	represents	the	
cumulative	total	profit	or	loss	attributable	to	Shareholders,	excluding	those	items	recognised	in	other	reserves.

54

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20181. Accounting policies continued

Research and development costs
Research	expenditure	is	charged	to	the	income	statement	in	the	year	in	which	it	is	incurred.	Expenditure	incurred	in	the	
development	of	software	and	hardware	products	for	use	or	sale	by	the	business,	and	their	related	intellectual	property	rights,	is	
capitalised	as	an	intangible	asset	only	when:

•  technical	feasibility	has	been	demonstrated;

•  adequate	technical,	financial	and	other	resources	exist	to	complete	the	development,	which	the	Group	intends	to	complete	

and	use;

•  future	economic	benefits	expected	to	arise	are	deemed	probable;	and

•  the	costs	can	be	reliably	measured.

Development	costs	not	meeting	these	criteria	are	expensed	in	the	income	statement	as	incurred.	When	capitalised,	
development	costs	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	their	useful	economic	lives	once	the	related	software	and	
hardware	products	are	available	to	use.	During	the	period	of	development,	the	asset	is	tested	for	impairment	annually.	
Development	costs	with	a	value	of	£nil	(2017:	£nil)	have	been	capitalised	in	the	period	(see	note	12).

Property, plant and equipment
Property,	plant	and	equipment	is	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Such	cost	
includes	the	cost	of	replacing	part	of	the	plant	and	equipment	and	borrowing	costs	for	any	long-term	construction	projects	if	the	
recognition	criteria	are	met.	Subsequent	expenditure	is	capitalised	only	when	it	is	probable	that	the	future	economic	benefits	
associated	with	the	expenditure	will	flow	to	the	Group.	All	other	repair	and	maintenance	costs	are	recognised	in	administration	
expenses	within	the	Income	Statement	as	these	costs	are	incurred.	Depreciation	is	charged	on	the	following	bases	to	reduce	the	
cost	of	the	Company’s	property,	plant,	and	equipment	to	their	residual	values	over	their	expected	useful	lives	at	the	following	rates:

•  leasehold	improvements	–	20%	to	33%	straight	line;

•  office	furniture	and	equipment	–	20%	straight	line;

•  computer	equipment	–	33%	straight	line;

•  motor	vehicles	–	25%	straight	line;	

•  demonstration	stock	–	20%	to	50%	straight	line;	and

•  plant	and	equipment	–	20%	to	33%	straight	line.

The	carrying	value	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	is	reviewed	for	impairment	when	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	
indicate	the	carrying	value	may	be	impaired.

An	item	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	and	any	significant	part	initially	recognised	is	derecognised	upon	disposal	or	when	no	
future	economic	benefits	are	expected	from	its	use	or	disposal.	Any	gain	or	loss	arising	on	derecognition	of	the	asset	(calculated	
as	the	difference	between	the	net	disposal	proceeds	and	the	carrying	amount	of	the	asset)	is	included	in	the	income	statement	
when	the	asset	is	derecognised.

The	residual	values,	useful	lives	and	methods	of	depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	are	reviewed	at	each	financial	
year	end	and	adjusted	prospectively,	if	appropriate.

Inventories
Inventories	are	valued	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value	on	a	first-in	first-out	basis.	In	the	case	of	finished	goods,	cost	
includes	all	direct	expenditure	and	production	overheads	based	on	the	normal	level	of	activity.	Where	necessary,	an	appropriate	
allowance	is	made	for	obsolete,	slow-moving	and	defective	inventories.	In	certain	instances,	stock	items	are	used	for	
demonstration	purposes,	in	this	case	the	stock	item	is	classified	as	a	fixed	asset	and	depreciated	in	line	with	the	Group	
depreciation	policy.

Trade and other payables
Trade	and	other	payables	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	they	are	measured	at	
amortised	cost.

Cash equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	comprise	cash	at	bank	and	in	hand	and	short-term	deposits	with	
an	original	maturity	of	3	months	or	less.	

Financial instruments
The	Group	classifies	financial	instruments,	or	their	component	parts,	on	initial	recognition	as	a	financial	asset,	a	financial	liability	
or	an	equity	instrument	in	accordance	with	the	substance	of	the	contractual	arrangement.

55

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

1. Accounting policies continued

Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative	financial	instruments	comprise	cash	at	bank,	trade	and	other	receivables	and	trade	and	other	payables.	
The	Group	initially	records	the	financial	assets	on	the	date	they	are	originated.	All	other	financial	assets	(including	assets	
designated	as	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss)	are	recognised	initially	on	trade	date,	which	is	the	date	that	the	Group	becomes	
a	party	to	the	contractual	provision	of	the	instrument.

The	Group	derecognises	a	financial	asset	when	the	contractual	rights	to	the	cash	flows	from	the	asset	expire,	or	it	transfers	the	
rights	to	receive	the	contractual	cash	flows	in	a	transaction	in	which	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	the	
financial	asset	are	transferred.	Any	interest	in	transferred	financial	assets	that	is	created	or	retained	by	the	Group	is	recognised	
as	a	separate	asset	or	liability.

Loans and receivables 
Loans	and	receivables	are	financial	assets	with	fixed	or	determinable	payments	that	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market.	Such	
assets	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value	plus	any	directly	attributable	transaction	costs.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	loans	
and	receivables	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method,	less	any	impairment	losses.

Loans	and	receivables	comprise	of	loans	to	related	parties	and	trade	and	other	receivables.

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprise	cash	balances	with	original	maturities	of	3	months	or	less.

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
The	Group	initially	recognises	financial	liabilities	on	the	date	that	they	are	originated.	All	other	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	
initially	on	the	trade	date,	which	is	the	date	that	the	Group	becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	provisions	of	the	instrument.	

The	Group	derecognises	a	financial	liability	when	its	contractual	obligations	are	discharged,	cancelled	or	expire.	The	Group	
classifies	non-derivative	financial	liabilities	into	other	financial	liabilities	category.	Such	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	initially	
at	fair	value	less	any	directly	attributable	transaction	costs.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	these	financial	liabilities	are	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method.

Foreign currency translation
The	Group’s	consolidated	financial	statements	are	presented	in	Sterling,	which	is	also	the	Parent	Company’s	functional	currency.	
Each	entity	in	the	Group	determines	its	own	functional	currency	and	items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	each	entity	are	
measured	using	that	functional	currency.

Transactions	in	foreign	currencies	are	initially	recorded	in	the	entity’s	functional	currency	by	applying	the	spot	exchange	rate	
ruling	at	the	date	of	the	transaction.	Monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	retranslated	at	the	
functional	currency	rate	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	statement	of	financial	position’s	date.	All	differences	are	taken	to	the	income	
statement,	except	when	hedge	accounting	is	applied	and	for	differences	on	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	that	form	part	of	the	
Group’s	net	investment	in	a	foreign	operation.	These	are	taken	to	other	comprehensive	income	until	the	disposal	of	the	net	
investment,	at	which	time	they	are	reclassified	from	equity	to	profit	or	loss.

Non-monetary	items	that	are	measured	in	terms	of	historical	cost	in	a	foreign	currency	are	translated	using	the	exchange	rates	
as	at	the	dates	of	the	initial	transactions.	

The	assets	and	liabilities	of	foreign	operations	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	the	rate	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	statement	of	
financial	position’s	date.	Income	and	expenses	are	translated	at	weighted	average	exchange	rates	for	the	period	where	this	is	a	
reasonable	approximation	of	the	actual	rates.	Where	weighted	average	exchange	rates	are	not	a	reasonable	approximation	of	
the	actual	rates,	the	actual	exchange	rates	at	the	date	of	the	transaction	are	used.	The	resulting	exchange	differences	are	
recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income.	On	disposal	of	a	foreign	entity,	the	deferred	cumulative	amount	recognised	in	equity	
relating	to	that	particular	foreign	operation	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

Retirement benefits
The	Group	operates	a	Group	defined	contribution	personal	pension	plan	for	certain	employees.	Pension	costs	are	calculated	
annually	and	charged	to	the	income	statement	as	they	arise.

Share-based payments
Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	awards	under	a	Long-term	Incentive	Plan	(‘LTIP’)	in	the	
form	of	nil-cost	options	and	HMRC	Approved	Options.	The	Group	combines	Parallel	Options	at	nil-cost	with	HMRC	Approved	
Options	so	that	the	value	awarded	to	employees	is	not	more	than	a	Top-Up	Award.	

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	after	31	March	2015	are	subject	to	service	conditions	and	performance	conditions	that	relate	to	
revenue	(with	a	profit	related	underpin)	in	the	future.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	
determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	at	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	
are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	
account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	

56

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20181. Accounting policies continued

expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	non-market	performance	and	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	
satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	
vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	
and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	Parallel	Options	are	valued	at	the	difference	between	the	value	of	a	Top-Up	
Award	and	an	HMRC	Approved	Option.	At	the	date	of	grant,	it	was	assumed	that	the	non-market	performance	conditions	would	
be	met.	Adjustments	are	made	subsequently,	where	necessary,	to	reflect	updated	assessments	of	whether	non-market	
performance	conditions	will	be	met.

Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	options	awards	under	an	Enterprise	Management	Incentive	
scheme	(‘EMI’)	in	the	form	of	HMRC	Approved	Options.	

Awards	made	under	the	EMI	scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions	but	there	are	no	performance	conditions.	The	total	
amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	at	which	
the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	
Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	
volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	
service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	
up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	
account	of	the	number	of	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.

Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	options	awards	under	an	Unapproved	Executive	Share	
Option	Scheme.	

Awards	under	the	Unapproved	Share	Option	Scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions	but	there	are	no	performance	conditions.	
The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	
at	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	
using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	
price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	
extent	to	which	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	
position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	
adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.

It	is	the	intention	of	the	Group	that	Shares	needed	to	satisfy	awards	will	be	purchased	in	the	market	to	the	extent	that	they	are	
not	already	held	by	the	Group’s	employee	Share	trust,	unless	it	is	in	the	interests	of	the	Group	to	issue	new	Shares.

Certain	of	the	Executive	Directors	were	issued	an	aggregate	of	217,500	Incentive	Shares.	The	Incentive	Shares	only	reward	
participants	if	Shareholder	value	is	created,	thereby	aligning	the	interests	of	the	Executive	Directors	with	those	of	Shareholders.	
The	Incentive	Shares	carried	the	right	to	12.5%	of	any	increase	in	the	value	of	the	Company	in	excess	of	the	retail	prices	index	
after	1	February	2010	(as	described	in	Note	17).	The	Incentive	Shares	do	not	carry	any	voting	or	dividend	rights	and	are	not	
transferable	except	in	limited	circumstances.	The	holders	of	Incentive	Shares	can	realise	value	from	the	Shares	either	by	
converting	them	into	Ordinary	Shares	or	by	the	Company,	at	its	election,	responding	to	a	request	to	so	convert	the	Shares	by	
choosing	to	redeem	them.	They	are	treated	as	equity-settled	awards	with	a	market	vesting	condition.	The	fair	value	at	the	date	
at	which	the	Incentive	Shares	were	acquired	was	determined	using	a	Stochastic	model.	This	original	fair	value	(£217,500)	would	
be	recognised	as	a	current	liability	on	the	statement	of	financial	position	as	it	becomes	repayable	if	the	Executive	Directors	left	
office	during	the	market	vesting	period.	There	were	nil	incentive	Share	in	issue	at	31	March	2018	(31	March	2017:	nil).

At	a	General	Meeting	held	on	27	December	2012,	the	terms	relating	to	the	Incentive	Shares	were	changed,	triggering	a	
revaluation.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	has	been	calculated	in	
the	year	by	reference	to	the	incremental	fair	value	on	27	December	2012	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	compared	to	the	fair	
value	on	27	December	2012	of	the	original	Incentive	Shares.	This	resulted	in	a	charge	to	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement	in	
the	year	of	£nil	(2017:	£5,000).	

Employee Benefit Trust
The	Thruvision	Group	plc	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(the	‘Trust’),	which	purchases	and	holds	Ordinary	Shares	of	the	Company	in	
connection	with	employee	Share	schemes,	is	included	in	the	Group	financial	statements.	Any	consideration	paid	or	received	by	
the	Trust	for	the	purchase	or	sale	of	the	Company’s	own	Shares	is	shown	as	a	movement	in	Shareholders’	equity.

Operating Leases
Leases	in	which	a	significant	proportion	of	the	risk	and	rewards	of	ownership	are	retained	by	the	lessor	are	classified	as	
operating	leases.	Operating	lease	rentals	payable	or	receivable	are	charged	or	credited	to	the	income	statement	on	a	
straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

57

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

1. Accounting policies continued

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards
The	Group’s	accounting	policies	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRS	effective	as	for	its	reporting	date	of	31	March	2018.	

The	IASB	issued	amendments	to	4	standards	under	Annual	improvement	2012-2014	cycle	together	with	amendments	to	IAS	1.	
These	amendments	had	an	effective	date	after	the	date	of	1	January	2016	and	have	been	applied	by	the	Group.	These	did	not	
have	a	material	impact	on	the	Company’s	financial	statements	in	the	period	of	initial	application.

Standards Issued but not yet effective
The	standards	and	interpretations	that	are	issued,	but	not	yet	effective,	up	to	the	date	of	issuance	of	the	Group’s	financial	
statements	are	disclosed	below.	The	Group	intends	to	adopt	these	standards,	if	applicable,	when	they	become	effective.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS	15	was	issued	in	May	2014	and	establishes	a	5-step	model	to	account	for	revenue	arising	from	contracts	with	customers.	
Under	IFRS	15,	revenue	is	recognised	at	an	amount	that	reflects	the	consideration	to	which	an	entity	expects	to	be	entitled	in	
exchange	for	transferring	goods	or	services	to	a	customer.	The	new	revenue	standard	will	supersede	all	current	revenue	
recognition	requirements	under	IFRS.	Either	a	full	retrospective	application	or	a	modified	retrospective	application	is	required	
for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2018.	Early	adoption	is	permitted.	

The	Group	plans	to	adopt	the	new	standard	on	the	required	effective	date	using	the	modified	retrospective	method.	During	
2019,	the	Group	will	perform	an	assessment	and	adoption	of	IFRS	15	using	the	clarifications	issued	by	the	IASB	in	April	2016.

The	Directors	have	not	yet	begun	to	assess	the	impact,	and	therefore	the	impact	is	not	yet	known.	During	the	year	ended	
31	March	2019,	a	study	will	be	undertaken	to	fully	understand	and	identify	the	impact	on:	

•  revenue	recognition;	and

•  accounting	for	commission	on	sales.	The	Company	will	be	taking	external	legal	advice	and	has	set	up	a	working	committee	to	

review	the	following:

IFRS 15 considerations
Identify	contracts	with	
customers

Identify	each	performance	
obligation	in	our	contracts
Determining	the	 
transaction	price
Allocate	the	transaction	
price	to	the	performance	
obligations
Recognise	revenue	as	
performance	obligations	
are	satisfied
Sales	commission

What is the issue?
IFRS	15,	as	specified	by	its	name	applies	to	contract	with	customers.	Thruvision	transacts	both	
directly	with	customers	and	via	third	parties.	There	is	a	requirement	to	clearly	identify	who	
Thruvision’s	customer	is	in	relation	to	this	standard,	the	end	customer	or	the	third	party	who	sold	
the	product	to	the	end	customer.
Review	the	inclusive	services	and	products	included	in	the	customer	purchase,	and	identify	the	
distinct	performance	obligations	from	the	inclusive	ones.
Variable	consideration,	rights	of	return	as	well	as	time	value	of	money	all	need	to	be	considered.

The	transaction	price	will	need	to	be	allocated	to	each	performance	obligation	on	a	stand-alone	
selling	price	basis.

Consideration	will	need	to	be	given	if	revenue	is	recognised	over	time	or	at	a	point	in	time.	
Observable	inputs	need	to	be	reviewed	is	an	observable	sales	price	is	not	available.

Currently	Thruvision	expenses	all	commissions	to	the	income	statement	as	they	are	incurred.	
Under	IFRS	15,	Thruvision	will	be	required	to	capitalise	sales	commission	under	certain	conditions.	
In	this	case,	the	amortised	commissions,	will	be	matched	over	the	period	the	relevant	warranties	
and	services	are	provided.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS	16	was	issued	in	January	2016	and	it	replaces:	

•  IAS	17	Leases;

•  IFRIC	4	Determining	whether	an	Arrangement	contains	a	Lease;

•  SIC-15	Operating	Leases-Incentives;	and	

•  SIC-27	Evaluating	the	Substance	of	Transactions	Involving	the	Legal	Form	of	a	Lease.	

IFRS	16	sets	out	the	principles	for	the	recognition,	measurement,	presentation	and	disclosure	of	leases	and	requires	lessees	to	
account	for	all	leases	under	a	single	on-balance	sheet	model	similar	to	the	accounting	for	finance	leases	under	IAS	17.	

The	standard	includes	2	recognition	exemptions	for	lessees:

•  leases	of	’low-value’	assets	(e.g.,	personal	computers);	and	

58

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20181. Accounting policies continued

•  short-term	leases	(i.e.,	leases	with	a	lease	term	of	12	months	or	less).	At	the	commencement	date	of	a	lease,	a	lessee	will	

recognise	a	liability	to	make	lease	payments	(i.e.,	the	lease	liability)	and	an	asset	representing	the	right	to	use	the	underlying	
asset	during	the	lease	term	(i.e.,	the	right-of-use	asset).	Lessees	will	be	required	to	separately	recognise	the	interest	expense	
on	the	lease	liability	and	the	depreciation	expense	on	the	right-of-use	asset.

Lessees	will	be	also	required	to	remeasure	the	lease	liability	upon	the	occurrence	of	certain	events	(e.g.,	a	change	in	the	lease	
term,	a	change	in	future	lease	payments	resulting	from	a	change	in	an	index	or	rate	used	to	determine	those	payments).	The	
lessee	will	generally	recognise	the	amount	of	the	remeasurement	of	the	lease	liability	as	an	adjustment	to	the	right-of-use	asset.

IFRS	16	also	requires	lessees	and	lessors	to	make	more	extensive	disclosures	than	under	IAS	17.

IFRS	16	is	effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2019.	Early	application	is	permitted,	but	not	before	an	
entity	applies	IFRS	15.	A	lessee	can	choose	to	apply	the	standard	using	either	a	full	retrospective	or	a	modified	retrospective	
approach.	The	standard’s	transition	provisions	permit	certain	reliefs.

IFRS	16	Leases	is,	effective	for	periods	commencing	on	or	after	1	January	2019.	The	Directors	will	assess	the	impact	of	this	
standard	and	the	possible	impact	of	any	leases	being	capitalised	on	the	balance	sheet.	A	full	review	is	yet	to	take	place.	Due	to	
the	transaction	in	October	2017	and	growth	of	the	business	this	will	be	more	appropriately	reviewed	during	the	year	ended	
31	March	2019.	The	Group’s	lease	commitments	are	detailed	in	Note	20.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
The	new	standard	for	financial	instruments	(IFRS	9)	introduces	extensive	changes	to	IAS	39’s	guidance	on	the	classification	and	
measurement	of	financial	assets	and	introduces	a	new	‘expected	credit	loss’	model	for	the	impairment	of	financial	assets.	IFRS	9	
also	provides	new	guidance	on	the	application	of	hedge	accounting.	

Management	has	started	to	assess	the	impact	of	IFRS	9	but	is	not	yet	in	position	to	provide	quantified	information.	At	this	stage	
the	main	areas	of	expected	impact	are	as	follows:

•  the	classification	and	measurement	of	the	Group’s	financial	assets	will	need	to	be	reviewed	based	on	the	new	criteria	that	

considers	the	assets’	contractual	cash	flows	and	the	business	model	in	which	they	are	managed;	and

IFRS	9	is	effective	for	annual	reporting	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2018.	The	impact	of	this	standard	is	being	
considered	by	the	Directors	and	any	impact,	especially	around	the	value	of	debtors,	is	yet	to	be	fully	investigated.	It	will	be	
completed	in	2019.

2. Segmental information

Historically	the	Group	has	been	organised	into	Services	and	Solutions.	In	light	of	the	planned	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	when	
preparing	the	Annual	Report	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2017,	the	Directors	believed	that	providing	segment	analysis	that	
shows	the	Video	Business	as	a	separate	segment	to	the	Thruvision	Business	would	aid	readers	of	the	Annual	Report.	Combined,	
the	Video	Business	and	Thruvision	make	up	the	previously	reported	Solutions	segment.	Following	its	disposal	on	31	October	
2017	the	Video	Business	is	now	reported	as	a	discontinued	operation.

Until	the	disposal	of	the	segment,	the	Group’s	Services	Division	was	predominantly	focused	on	the	UK	market	and	integrated	
third	party	technology	and	own	product	into	UK	Services	customers.	The	Services	Division	was	no	longer	strategic	to	the	Group,	
and	therefore	signed	an	agreement	for	the	disposal	of	the	business	on	1	April	2016.	

Until	the	disposal	of	the	segment,	the	Group’s	‘Video	Business’	Division	was	focused	on	the	advanced	surveillance	market.	This	
covers	image	and	data	capture	(for	example,	unattended	ground	sensors),	a	range	of	processing	and	enhancement	techniques	
(for	example,	thermal	image	processing,	image	stabilisation,	and	enhancing	low	light	performance),	image	transmission	(both	
wired	and	wireless	technologies)	and	a	range	of	analytics	algorithms.	

The	Group’s	Thruvision	Business	is	focused	on	the	stand-off	passive	body	screening	technology.	

In	accordance	with	IFRS	8,	the	Group	has	derived	the	information	for	its	operating	segments	using	the	information	used	by	the	
Chief	Operating	Decision	Maker	and	supplemented	this	with	additional	analysis	to	assist	readers	of	the	Annual	Report	to	better	
understand	the	impact	of	the	proposed	divestment.	The	Group	has	identified	the	Board	of	Directors	as	the	Chief	Operating	
Decision	Maker	as	it	is	responsible	for	the	allocation	of	resources	to	operating	segments	and	assessing	their	performance.	

Historically	central	overheads,	which	primarily	relate	to	operations	of	the	Group	function,	are	not	allocated	to	the	business	units.	
On	completion	of	the	sale	of	the	Video	Business,	some	of	these	central	costs	transferred	to	the	Video	Business	or	ceased.	
Consistent	with	the	reporting	of	the	Video	Business	as	a	discontinued	operation,	these	central	costs	have	been	classified	as	
discontinued.	Group	financing	(including	finance	costs	and	finance	income)	and	income	taxes	are	managed	centrally	and	are	not	
allocated	to	an	operating	segment.	No	operating	segments	have	been	aggregated	to	form	the	above	reportable	segments.

59

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

2. Segmental information continued

Total	segment	revenue
Revenue
Depreciation

Segment adjusted operating (loss)
Amortisation	of	intangibles	initially	recognised	 
on	acquisition
Share	based	payment	charge
Acquisition	related	income
Loss	on	disposal	and	related	costs
Impairment	of	goodwill	and	intangibles
Segment operating (loss)
Finance	income
Finance	costs
Segment (loss) before tax
Income	tax	(expense)	(discontinued)
Loss	attributable	to	discontinued	operations
Loss before tax from continuing operations
Income	tax	credit	(continuing)
Loss for the year from continuing operations

Total	segment	revenue
Inter-segment	revenue
Revenue
Depreciation

Segment	adjusted	operating	(loss)
Amortisation	of	intangibles	initially	recognised	 
on	acquisition
Share	based	payment	charge
Acquisition	related	income
Impairment	of	goodwill	and	intangibles
Release	of	deferred	consideration
Segment	operating	profit/(loss)
Finance	income
Finance	costs
Segment	profit/(loss)	before	tax
Income	tax	credit	(discontinued)
Loss	attributable	to	discontinued	operations
Loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations
Income	tax	credit	(continuing)
Loss	for	the	year	from	continuing	operations

60

(716)
(109)
1,126
(4,458)
(4,291)
(18,392)
70
(1,227)
(19,549)
(92)
(16,429)
(3,212)
90
(3,122)

Total	
£’000
26,748
(1)
26,747
481

Year ended 31 March 2018

Services

Solutions

Central

Services
Discontinued 
£’000
–
–
–

Video Business
Discontinued
£’000
13,129
13,129
218

Thruvision
Continuing 
£’000
3,103
3,103
182

Central
Discontinued
£’000
–
–
–

Central
Continuing
 £’000
–
–
–

Total 
£’000
16,232
16,232
400

(5,830)

(752)

(1,642)

(1,720)

(9,944)

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(716)
–
1,126
(4,458)
(4,291)
(14,169)
–
–
(14,169)

–
–
–
–
–
(752)
–
–
(752)

–
(57)
–
–
–
(1,699)
–
(469)
(2,168)

–
(52)
–
–
–
(1,772)
70
(758)
(2,460)

Services

Services
Discontinued	
£’000
243
–
243
–

Year	ended	31	March	2017

Solutions

Central

Video	Business
Discontinued
£’000
24,480
–
24,480
385

Thruvision
Continuing	
£’000
2,025
(1)
2,024
96

Central
Discontinued
£’000
–
–
–
–

Central
Continuing
£’000
–
–
–
–

(207)

(7,333)

(106)

(1,852)

(1,738)

(11,236)

–
–
–
–
–
(207)
–
–
(207)

(1,411)
–
–
(7,500)
–
(16,244)
–
–
(16,244)

(98)
–
–
–
–
(204)
–
–
(204)

–
(311)
627
–
2,329
793
2
(175)
620

–
(113)
–
–
–
(1,851)
1,870
(906)
(887)

(1,509)
(424)
627
(7,500)
2,329
(17,713)
1,872
(1,081)
(16,922)
113
(15,718)
(1,091)
129
(962)

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20182. Segmental information continued

Analysis of revenue by customer
There	have	been	3	(2017:	one)	individually	material	customers	in	the	Thruvision	operating	segment	during	the	year.	These	
customers	individually	represented	£779,000,	£639,000	and	£576,000	of	revenue	for	the	year	(2017:	£1,001,000).	

Other segment information
The	following	tables	provides	disclosure	of	the	Group’s	continuing	and	discontinued	revenue	analysed	by	geographical	market	
based	on	the	location	of	the	customer.	

Continuing revenue
Europe,	Middle	East	and	Africa
Americas
Asia-Pacific

Discontinued revenue
United	Kingdom
Unites	States	of	America
Indonesia
Rest	of	World

The	Group’s	non-current	assets	by	geography	are	detailed	below:

United	Kingdom
United	States	of	America

3. Group operating loss

The	Group	operating	loss	attributable	to	continuing	operations	is	stated	after	charging/(crediting):

Operating	lease	rentals	–	land	and	buildings
Research	and	development	costs
Bad	debt	expense
Depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	initially	recognised	on	acquisition
Exchange	differences

2018 
£’000
1,286
413
1,404
3,103

2018
7 mths 
£’000
975
10,238
315
1,601
13,129

2018 
£’000
258
22
280

2018 
£’000
106
505
17
189
–
(92)

2017	
£’000
1,158
854
12
2,024

2017 
12	mths	
£’000
2,257
17,171
1,210
3,842
24,480

2017	
£’000
8,945
20,643
29,588

2017	
£’000
101
489
–
160
98
(102)

Note:	as	the	above	table	is	continuing	operations	only,	deprecation	and	intangibles	won’t	reconcile	to	their	respective	notes.

61

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

3. Group operating loss continued

Auditors’ remuneration
The	following	table	shows	an	analysis	of	all	fees	payable	to	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	(2017:	Ernst	&	Young	LLP),	the	Group’s	
auditors:

Audit services
Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditor	for	the	audit	of	the	financial	statements
The	audit	of	the	Company’s	subsidiaries

Non-audit services
Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditor	for	audit	related	assurance	services
Tax	compliance	services
Tax	advisory	services
Other	assurance	services

2018 
£’000

50
20
70

–
–
–
23
23

2017	
£’000

120
20
140

18
33
7
–
58

Fees	relate	to	all	activities	undertaken	by	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	(2017:	Ernst	&	Young	LLP)	in	the	period,	covering	continuing	and	
discontinued	operations.	

4. Adjusted loss before tax

An	adjusted	loss	before	tax	measure	has	been	presented	as	the	Directors	believe	that	this	is	a	better	measure	of	the	Group’s	
underlying	performance.	Adjusted	loss	is	not	defined	under	IFRS	and	has	been	shown	as	the	Directors	consider	this	to	be	helpful	
for	a	better	understanding	of	the	performance	of	the	Group’s	underlying	business.	It	may	not	be	comparable	with	similarly	titled	
measurements	reported	by	other	companies	and	is	not	intended	to	be	a	substitute	for,	or	superior	to,	IFRS	measures	of	profit.	
The	net	adjustments	to	loss	before	tax	from	continuing	operations	are	summarised	below:

Amortisation	of	intangibles	initially	recognised	on	acquisition
Share	based	payment(1)
Financing	set	up	costs(2)
Total adjustments

2018 
£’000
–
52
263
315

2017
£’000
98
113
421
632

1.	 The	performance	condition	associated	with	LTIP	awards	made	from	July	2015	are	subject	to	a	non-market	based	performance	measure.	Accordingly,	should	
these	LTIP	awards	fail	to	vest,	the	Share	based	payment	charge	will	be	added	back	to	the	income	statement.	Prior	to	July	2015	LTIP	awards	were	made	with	
a	market	based	performance	measure	which	in	the	event	that	LTIPs	fail	to	vest	the	Share	based	payment	charge	is	not	added	back	to	the	income	statement.	
To	date	the	majority	of	historic	LTIP	awards	have	failed	to	vest.	The	inclusion	provides	consistency	over	time	allowing	a	better	understanding	of	the	financial	
position	of	the	Group.

2.	 During	the	year	end	31	March	2017	the	Group	obtained	a	new	facility,	incurring	legal	and	set	up	fees.

62

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20185. Employees

The	number	of	employees	at	the	end	of	the	period	were	as	follows:

Continuing	operations
Discontinued	operations

At 31 March 
2018
23
–
23

At	31	March	
2017
20
144
164

Continuing and discontinued operations
The	average	number	of	employees	during	the	period	and	the	number	at	the	end	of	the	period	were	as	follows:

Directors
Business	units
Corporate

Average  
2018
5
81
14
100

At 31 March 
2018
4
15
4
23

Average	 
2017
6
134
30
170

At	31	March	
2017
6
129
29
164

The	employee	benefit	expense	for	the	period	of	these	employees	amounted	to:

Salaries	and	short-term	employee	benefits
Social	security	costs
Pension	costs
Share-based	payments	(Note	18)

2018 
£’000
7,591
888
108
109
8,696

2017
£’000
11,056
1,306
193
424
12,979

Continuing operations
The	average	number	of	employees	during	the	period	and	the	number	at	the	end	of	the	period	were	as	follows:

Directors
Business	units
Corporate

Average  
2018
4
12
4
20

At 31 March 
2018
4
14
4
22

Average	 
2017
5
11
4
20

At	31	March	
2017
5
11
4
20

The	employee	benefit	expense	for	the	period	of	these	employees	amounted	to:

Salaries	and	short-term	employee	benefits
Social	security	costs
Pension	costs
Share-based	payments

6. Finance income

Continuing operations only

Bank	interest	receivable
Other	interest	receivable
Foreign	exchange	gain	on	intercompany	loan

2018 
£’000
2,227
239
21
52
2,539

2018
£’000

36
34
–
70

2017
£’000
1,457
181
22
311
1,971

2017	
£’000

8
–
1,862
1,870

63

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes	to	the	financial	information	continued

7. Finance costs

Bank	interest	payable
Finance	set	up	fees
Finance	fees
Loss	on	forward	contract	measured	at	fair	value	through	income	statement
Foreign	exchange	loss	on	intercompany	loan

8. Taxation 

Current tax – continuing operations
Corporation	tax
Adjustment	in	respect	of	prior	year
Overseas	tax

Deferred tax – continuing operations
Origination	and	reversal	of	temporary	differences
Adjustment	in	respect	of	prior	year
Change	in	tax	rate	

Total tax credit for the year – continuing

Current tax – discontinued operations
Corporation	tax
Adjustment	in	respect	of	prior	year
Overseas	tax

Deferred tax – discontinued operations
Origination	and	reversal	of	temporary	differences
Adjustment	in	respect	of	prior	year
Change	in	tax	rate	

Total tax credit for the year – discontinued

Total tax charge/(credit) for the year

64

2018 
£’000
–
263
9
–
486
758

2018 
£’000

(99)
9
–
(90)

–
–
–
–
(90)

2018 
£’000

(238)
(49)
(28)
(315)

407

407

92

2

2017	
£’000
8
421
1
476
–
906

2017	
£’000

(100)
(29)
–
(129)

–
–
–
–
(129)

2017	
£’000

(480)
(162)
(35)
(677)

564
–
–
564

(113)

(242)

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
8. Taxation continued

The	tax	credit	for	the	year	is	lower	than	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	applied	to	the	loss	before	tax.	
The	differences	are	explained	below:

Loss	before	tax	–	continuing	operations
Loss	before	tax	–	discontinued	operations
Loss	for	the	period	before	tax
Tax	at	the	UK	corporation	tax	rate	of	19%	(2017:	20%)
Tax	effects	of:
Prior	year	adjustments
Expenses	not	deductible	for	tax	purposes
Deferred	tax	movements	on	amortisation	of	acquired	intangible	assets
Unrecognised	deferred	tax	movements	on	depreciation	in	excess	of	capital	allowances
Unrecognised	deferred	tax	movements	on	Share-based	payments
Non-deductible	impairment	of	goodwill
Unrecognised	deferred	tax	movements	on	unrelieved	tax	losses	carried	forward	net	of	losses	used	
against	deferred	tax	liabilities	
Tax	on	loss	of	Services	division
Difference	in	foreign	tax	rate
Impact	on	research	and	development	credits
Impact	of	rate	change	on	deferred	tax
Total tax charge/(credit) for the period

Deferred taxation
The	tax	charge	relating	to	deferred	tax	included	in	the	income	statement	is	as	follows:

Other	intangibles

Deferred	tax	included	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	is	as	follows:

At	beginning	of	the	year
Prior	year	adjustments
Origination	and	reversal	of	temporary	differences
Reversal	of	deferred	tax	assets	upon	disposal	of	Video	Business
Change	in	tax	rate
At	end	of	the	year

2018 
£’000

(3,212)
(16,337)

(19,549)
(3,714)

2017	
£’000

(1,091)
(15,831)

(16,922)
(3,384)

(40)
2,353
136
16
21
815

385
–
172
(143)
1
2

2018 
£’000
407

2018 
£’000
(620)
–
(407)
1,027
–
–

(191)
41
63
55
85
1,500

1,561
41
261
(270)
(4)
(242)

2017	
£’000
564

2017	
£’000
(57)
1
(564)
–
–
(620)

The	deferred	tax	amount	of	£nil	(2017:	£620,000)	represents	£nil	(2017:	£767,000)	relating	to	acquired	intangible	assets	less	an	
offset	of	£nil	(2017:	£147,000)	relating	to	tax	losses.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Fixed	assets
Tax	losses

2018 
£’000
107
1,440
1,547

2017	
£’000
–
9,285
9,285

Unrelieved	tax	losses	amount	to	approximately	£8.7	million	(2017:	£56.7	million	–	split	£7.1	million	continuing,	£49.6	million	
discontinuing),	which	are	available	indefinitely	for	offset	against	future	taxable	trading	profits.	The	final	losses	as	at	31	March	
2018	will	be	determined	after	the	Company	has	filed	the	relevant	tax	returns	and	is	dependant	on	warrants	and	conditions	
included	within	the	Share	Purchase	Agreement	for	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.	There	are	no	current	claims	under	these	
terms	at	the	time	the	financial	statements	are	signed.	A	deferred	tax	asset	has	not	been	recognised	on	£8.7	million	(2017:	£56.2	
million	–	split	£7.1	million	continuing,	£49.1	million	discontinuing)	of	these	losses	on	the	basis	that	there	is	insufficient	evidence	
that	this	asset	will	be	recoverable	as	at	the	statement	of	financial	position’s	date.	An	asset	will	only	be	recognised	with	improved	
certainty	and	quantification	of	taxable	profits.

65

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

9. Loss per Share

Unadjusted loss per Share

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Loss from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Weighted	average	number	of	Shares
Basic and diluted loss per Share – continuing operations
Basic and diluted loss per Share – continuing and discontinued operations

Adjusted loss per Share

Loss from continuing operations attributable to Ordinary Shareholders
Amortisation	of	intangibles	
Share-based	payment
Financing	set	up	fees
Adjusted (loss)/profit after tax
Weighted	average	number	of	Shares
Basic and diluted loss per Share
Basic and diluted adjusted (loss)/profit per Share

Year ended
31 March
2018
£’000
(3,122)
(19,551)

Year	ended
	31	March	
2017
£’000
(962)
(16,680)
165,130,024 165,120,640
(0.58p)
(10.10p)

(1.89p)
(11.84p)

Year ended
31 March
2018
£’000
(3,122)
–
52
263
(2,807)

Year	ended
	31	March	
2017
£’000
(962)
98
113
421
(330)
165,130,024 165,120,640
(0.58p)
(0.20p)

(1.89p)
(1.70p)

The	inclusion	of	potential	Ordinary	Shares	arising	from	LTIPs,	EMI	Options	and	Incentive	Shares	would	be	anti-dilutive.	Basic	and	
diluted	loss	per	Share	has	therefore	been	calculated	using	the	same	weighted	number	of	Shares.	Ordinary	Shares	would	have	
been	issued	in	respect	of	the	Incentive	Share	conversion.	Full	details	of	the	basis	of	calculation	is	given	in	the	Admission	
Document	available	on	the	Company’s	website.	The	Incentive	Shares	will	immediately	vest	on	change	of	control	of	the	Company.

66

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201810. Property, plant and equipment

Leasehold	
improvements	
£’000

Office	 
furniture	and	
equipment	 
£’000

Computers,	
ancillary	
equipment	and	
electronic	test	
equipment	 
£’000

Motor	 
Vehicles	
£’000

Demonstration	
stock	
£’000

Plant	&	
Equipment
£’000

Cost
At	1	April	2016
Additions
Disposals
Exchange	movements
At	31	March	2017
Additions
Reclassifications
Video	Business	disposals
Disposals
Exchange	movements
At 31 March 2018
Accumulated depreciation
At	1	April	2016
Charge	for	the	year
Disposals	
Exchange	movements
At	31	March	2017
Charge	for	the	year
Reclassifications
Video	Business	disposals
Disposals	
Exchange	movements
At 31 March 2018
Net book value
At 31 March 2018
At	31	March	2017

11. Goodwill

519
242
(7)
9
763
–
–
(222)
(78)
(9)
454

277
119
(3)
3
396
91
–
(151)
(53)
(6)
277

177
367

552
16
–
6
574
4
–
(350)
(183)
(6)
39

453
58
–
1
512
24
–
(312)
(183)
(4)
37

2
62

410
223
(6)
8
635
36
–
(555)
(94)
(5)
17

273
101
(5)
7
376
78
–
(345)
(94)
(4)
11

6
259

52
–
(6)
5
51
35
–
(14)
(42)
(6)
24

17
10
(6)
–
21
10
–
(1)
(23)
(3)
4

20
30

1,779
279
(1)
14
2,071
120
(67)
(1,494)
(266)
(12)
352

1,464
193
(1)
1
1,657
195
(48)
(1,304)
(195)
(8)
297

55
414

–
–
–
–
–
1
67
–
–
–
68

–
–
–
–
–
2
48
–
–
–
50

18
–

At	1	April	2016
Adjustment	to	acquisition	of	Brimtek	value
Impairment	of	goodwill	associated	with	Video	Business	division
Exchange	movements
At	31	March	2017
Impairment	of	goodwill	associated	with	Video	Business	division
Disposal	of	the	Video	Business	division
Exchange	movements
At 31 March 2018

Total	
£’000

3,312
760
(20)
42
4,094
196
–
(2,635)
(663)
(38)
954

2,484
481
(15)
12
2,962
400
–
(2,113)
(548)
(25)
676

278
1,132

Goodwill 
£’000
23,323
(288)
(7,500)
1,541
17,076
(4,291)
(12,151)
(634)
–

67

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Notes	to	the	financial	information	continued

11. Goodwill continued

Carrying amount of goodwill allocated to operating segments

Video	Business
Thruvision

2018 
£’000
–
–
–

2017
£’000
17,076
–
17,076

Goodwill	acquired	through	business	combinations	has	been	allocated	for	impairment	testing	purposes.	These	segments	are	
deemed	to	be	the	2	cash-generating	units	(‘CGUs’)	for	impairment	testing.	The	Group	conducts	annual	impairment	tests	on	the	
carrying	value	of	the	CGUs	in	the	statement	of	financial	position.	Although	required	to	perform	annual	impairment	tests,	these	
do	not	have	to	take	place	at	31	March	but	the	test	should	be	consistently	carried	out	at	the	same	time	annually.	

The	Group	carries	out	its	annual	impairment	testing	as	at	March	each	year.	Impairment	testing	is	only	re-performed	if	an	
impairment	triggering	event	occurs	in	the	intervening	period.	As	a	result	of	the	divestment	the	impairment	review	conducted	at	
the	annual	testing	date	was	revisited	to	ensure	the	outcome	remained	appropriate.	

For	continuing	operations,	value	in	use	calculations	are	used	to	determine	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	cash-generating	units.	
The	key	assumptions	for	the	value	in	use	calculations	include	the	forecast	revenue	growth	of	the	CGU,	cost	allocations,	the	
discount	rate	applied	and	the	long-term	growth	rate	of	the	net	operating	cash	flows,	along	with	the	gross	margin	for	sales.	In	
determining	the	key	assumptions,	management	have	taken	into	consideration	the	nature	of	the	markets	in	which	it	operates,	
expected	growth	of	the	markets	in	which	it	operates,	the	ability	of	the	CGU	to	exploit	those	opportunities	and	the	current	
economic	climate,	the	resulting	impact	on	expected	growth	and	pre-tax	discount	rates,	and	the	pressure	this	places	on	
impairment	calculations.	

The	Group	prepares	cash	flow	forecasts	for	the	cash-generating	unit	based	on	the	most	recent	3-year	detailed	financial	
forecasts.	At	31	March	2017,	the	Video	Business	had	not	been	re-classified	as	a	disposal	Group	held	for	sale,	and	the	table	below	
sets	out	the	key	assumptions	included	in	the	forecasts	at	31	March	2017:

Revenue	growth	compound	from	FY17	to	FY20	(years	1	to	3)(1)
Revenue	growth	from	FY20	onwards	(year	4	onwards)(2)
Gross	margin	improvement	compound	from	FY17	to	FY20	(years	1	to	3)(3)
Discount	rate(4)

Video Business

2017
25%
2.0%
6%
11.1%

1.	 Forecasts	are	based	on	an	internal	assessment	of	the	strength	of	the	CGU	in	the	markets	in	which	it	operates	with	the	expected	growth	reflecting	the	

opportunities	in	its	core	strategic	markets,	sales	pipeline	and	relationships	being	developed.	

2.	 Revenue	growth	of	2.0%	(2006:	2.5%)	is	an	external	estimate	of	the	UK’s	long-term	growth	rate.	

3.	 Gross	margin	is	forecast	to	improve	against	FY17	as	the	product	mix	continues	to	evolve	through	the	next	3	years	to	include	a	greater	proportion	of	software	

sales	together	with	revenues	generated	by	the	legacy	Brimtek	business	(which	attract	a	lower	gross	margin)	forming	a	decreasing	percentage	of	total	
revenues.	

4.	 Discount	rate	is	based	on	the	weighted	cost	of	capital	applying	to	businesses	in	the	same	sector,	and	reflects	the	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	

value	of	money	and	of	the	risks	specific	to	the	cash	generating	units.	

An	impairment	loss	of	£7.5	million	arose	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2017	for	the	Video	Business	based	on	these	base	
assumptions.	

As	indicated	in	the	interim	results	announcement	on	15	December	2017,	on	7	October	2017	the	Board	signed	an	agreement	for	
the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	segment.	Consequently,	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	Video	Business	CGU	in	the	6	months	
ended	30	September	2017	was	based	on	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal.	As	a	result,	the	carrying	value	of	the	goodwill	attributable	
to	the	Video	Business	segment	was	reduced	to	£12,151,000	in	the	6	months	ended	30	September	2017	and	an	impairment	charge	
£4,291,000	has	been	included	in	the	loss	attributable	to	discontinued	operations.	The	goodwill	balance	of	£12,151,000	was	
subsequently	written	off	on	completion	of	the	disposal	and	included	in	the	loss	attributable	to	discontinued	operations.

68

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
12. Other intangible assets

Cost
At	1	April	2016
Purchased
Exchange	movements
At	31	March	2017
Purchased
Disposals
At 31 March 2018
Accumulated amortisation
At	1	April	2016
Charge	for	the	year
Exchange	movements
At	31	March	2017
Charge	for	the	year
Disposals	
At 31 March 2018
Net	book	value
At 31 March 2018
At	31	March	2017

Patents	and	
Trademarks	
£’000

	Intellectual	
property	&	
Software 
£’000

Order 
backlog 
£’000

Customer 
relationships 
£’000

355	
–
21	
376	
–
(376)
–

134	
71	
3	
208	
42	
(250)
–

–
168	

5,827	
32	
6	
5,865	
2	
(5,811)
56

5,239	
366	
6	
5,611	
110
(5,667)
54

2
254	

942	
–
43	
985	
–
(985)
–

756	
181	
47	
984	
1
(985)
–

13,717	
–
1,605	
15,322	
–
(15,322)
–

3,315	
970	
80	
4,365	
563
(4,928)
–

–
1	

–
10,957	

Total	 
£’000

20,841	
32	
1,675	
22,548	
2
(22,494)
56
–
9,444	
1,588	
136	
11,168	
716
(11,830)
54

2
11,380	

The	net	book	values	of	individually	material	intangible	assets	and	their	remaining	useful	life	at	the	end	of	each	period	were	as	
follows:

Carrying  
value  
2018  
£’000
–
–
–
–

Remaining 
useful life  
Years 
2018
–
–
–
–

Carrying 
	value	 
2017	 
£’000
10,957
117
121
95

Remaining	 
useful	life	 
Years	
2017
10.9
2.9
3.0
0.8

Brimtek	customer	relationships
Brimtek	trademark
Keeneo	intellectual	property
Omniperception	intellectual	property

13. Inventories

Raw	materials
Work	in	progress
Finished	goods	and	goods	for	resale

The	movement	on	stock	provision	during	the	year	is	set	out	below.

Opening	provision
Released
Increase	to	provision	from	continuing	operations	(charged	to	cost	of	sales	during	year)
Increase	to	provision	from	discontinued	operations	(charged	to	cost	of	sales	during	year)
Disposal	of	the	Video	Business
Closing	provision

2018 
£’000
886
124
803
1,813

2018 
£’000
1,641
(37)
168
1,044
(2,468)
348

2017	
£’000
685
327
7,006
8,018

2017	
£’000
655
(64)
–
1,050
–
1,641

69

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes	to	the	financial	information	continued

14. Trade and other receivables

Trade	receivables
Prepayments	
Accrued	income
Social	security	and	other	taxes
Other	receivables

Gross carrying 
amounts 
2018 
£’000
620
132
10
41
443
1,246

Provision 
 for impairment 
2018 
£’000
(17)
–
–
–
–
(17)

Net carrying 
amounts 
2018 
£’000
603
132
10
41
443
1,229

Gross	carrying 
amounts 
2017 
£’000
6,388	
616	
168	
718	
142	
8,032	

Provision 
for	impairment 
2017 
£’000
(376)
–
–
–
–
(376)

Net	carrying 
amounts 
2017 
£’000
6,012	
616	
168	
718	
142	
7,656	

The	Group’s	credit	risk	on	trade	and	other	receivables	is	primarily	attributable	to	trade	receivables	and	amounts	recoverable	on	
contracts.	Two	customers	represent	£513,000	(2017:	two	customers	£2,382,000)	of	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	at	31	March	
2018.	There	is	no	other	significant	concentration	of	credit	risk.

The	Group	believes	that	the	carrying	amounts	of	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	by	the	type	of	customer	gives	a	fair	presentation	
of	the	credit	quality	of	the	assets:

Government	customers
Commercial	customers

2018 
£’000
57
546
603

2017 
£’000
2,491
3,521
6,012

Trade	receivables	of	£46,000	(2017:	£2,704,000)	were	past	due	but	not	impaired;	trade	receivables	of	£36,000	(2017:	£2,560,000)	
are	past	due	and	stated	after	reflecting	a	partial	impairment.	

The	movement	in	the	provision	for	doubtful	debts	is	as	follows:

At	1	April	2016
Provided	in	period
Utilised
Released
Foreign	exchange
At	31	March	2017
Provided	in	period	–	continuing	operations
Provided	in	period	–	discontinued	operations
Utilised
Released	–	discontinued	operations
Foreign	exchange
At 31 March 2018

Trade	receivables,	net	of	an	allowance	of	£17,000	(2017:	£376,000)	for	doubtful	debts,	are	aged	as	follows:

Not	due
Not	more	than	3	months	past	due
More	than	3	months	but	not	more	than	6	months	past	due
More	than	6	months	past	due

£’000	
431
150
(51)
(158)
4
376
17
648
–
(1,024)
–
17

2017 
£’000
3,308
617
–
2,087
6,012

2018 
£’000
539
35
11
18
603

The	Group	experiences	credit	risk	which	reflects	its	early	stage	of	development	into	international	markets	with	challenging	
political	landscapes	and	sometimes	protracted	payment	cycles.	This	is	reflected	in	the	provision	for	doubtful	debts	and	ageing	
analysis	and	the	fact	that	at	31	March	2017	the	Group	had	an	extended	debtor	in	Asia	Pacific,	where	a	delayed	project	
implementation	resulted	in	the	likely	replacement	of	the	local	partner	by	the	contracting	government	agency.	Whilst	legally	
contracted,	fulfilled	and	invoiced,	and	government	agency	confirmation	of	their	intent	to	continue	the	project	and	implement	
the	Group’s	technology	the	Group	elected	to	write	down	the	overdue	debtor.	The	debtor	was	held	in	the	Video	Business	which	
has	now	been	disposed	of,	and	the	net	impact	on	the	income	statement	was	£1.9	million	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2017.

70

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
15. Trade and other payables

Current
Trade	payables
Accruals
Deferred	income
Social	security	and	other	taxes
Other	payables

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

732
549
106
64
4
1,455

5,115
1,735
349
359
350
7,908

On	17th	October	2016	the	Group	replaced	an	existing	£5.0	million	secured	working	capital	facility	for	export	activities	with	a	new	
2	year	£10.0	million	secured	revolving	credit	facility	with	Investec	Bank	plc.	The	funds	available	through	this	facility	were	used	to	
meet	the	increasing	working	capital	requirements	of	the	Group’s	operating	activities.	The	facility	was	secured	by	a	fixed	and	
floating	charge	over	the	Group’s	assets	and	includes	covenants	which	were	tested	quarterly.	The	facility	was	not	being	utilised	at	
31	March	2017,	but	was	utilised	during	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	prior	to	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.	No	banking	
covenants	were	breached	and	waivers	to	covenants	tests	were	agreed	with	Investec	during	the	testing	period.	In	addition	to	this	
secured	facility,	on	28	September	2017	the	Group	arranged	an	unsecured	£5.25	million	loan	facility	with	Herald	Investment	Trust	
to	supplement	the	above	facility	for	a	period	of	15	months,	which	was	not	drawn	on.	Following	completion	of	the	Video	Business	
the	Investec	facility	was	repaid	in	full	and	both	facilities	cancelled.

16. Share capital

Authorised, allotted, called-up and fully paid
Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each
At	1	April	2016
Shares	issued	in	the	year
At	31	March	2017
Shares	issued	in	the	year
At 31 March 2018

Authorised, allotted, called-up and fully paid
Deferred Shares of £1 each
At	31	March	2017
At 31 March 2018

Total Share capital
At	31	March	2017	and	2018

Number

£’000

165,106,239	
23,785	
165,130,024	
–
165,130,024 

1,651	
–
1,651	
–
1,651 

Number

£’000

163,124	
163,124 

163	
163 

£’000

1,814

In	July	2016,	23,785	Shares	were	issued	in	the	year	(2015:	45,329	Ordinary	Shares)	for	nil	consideration	to	certain	employees	as	a	
bonus	payment.

Of	the	163,124	incentive	Shares	outstanding	as	at	31	March	2015,	none	converted	into	Ordinary	Shares.	Initial	provision	had	not	
been	made	in	the	Articles	for	the	circumstance	whereby	Incentive	Shares	were	valued	at	nil	and	did	not	convert	into	Ordinary	
Shares	on	the	conversion	date.	On	21	September	2015,	a	new	class	of	Deferred	Share	in	lieu	of	Incentive	Shares	was	created	so	
that	Incentive	Shares	which	did	not	convert	to	Ordinary	Shares	on	the	relevant	conversion	date	converted	into	Deferred	Shares	
with	very	limited	rights	and	value.	Accordingly,	108,749	Shares	were	converted	into	deferred	Shares	of	£1	each	on	21	September	
2015,	with	a	further	54,375	Shares	on	15	February	2017.	

Further	details	are	set	out	in	Note	17.

71

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes	to	the	financial	information	continued

17. Employee Share schemes

Long-term Incentive Plan
Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	awards	under	a	Long-term	Incentive	Plan	(‘LTIP’)	in	the	
form	of	nil-cost	options	and	HMRC	Approved	Options.	The	Group	combines	Parallel	Options	at	nil-cost	with	HMRC	Approved	
Options	so	that	the	value	awarded	to	employees	is	not	more	than	a	Top-Up	Award.	

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	prior	to	31	March	2015	are	subject	to	performance	and	service	conditions	which	included	
market	based	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	
the	fair	value	at	the	date	at	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	
fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Stochastic	model.	Market	conditions	are	incorporated	into	the	fair	value	calculation	at	grant	
date	using	multiple	simulations	of	the	Stochastic	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	
of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	
adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	non-market	performance	and	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	
conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	
cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	and	options	that	
actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	Parallel	Options	are	valued	at	the	difference	between	the	value	of	a	Top-Up	Award	and	an	
HMRC	Approved	Option.	At	the	date	of	grant,	it	was	assumed	that	the	non-market	performance	conditions	would	be	met.	

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	after	31	March	2015	are	subject	to	service	conditions	and	performance	conditions	that	relate	to	
revenue	(with	a	profit	related	underpin)	over	the	subsequent	3	year	period.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	
period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	
number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	
determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	
The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	non-market	performance	and	service	
conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	
the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	
of	the	number	of	awards	and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	Parallel	Options	are	valued	at	the	difference	between	
the	value	of	a	Top-Up	Award	and	an	HMRC	Approved	Option.	At	the	date	of	grant,	it	was	assumed	that	the	non-market	
performance	conditions	would	be	met.	

Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme
Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	Share	options	under	an	Enterprise	Management	Incentive	
Scheme	(‘EMI’).	The	first	option	awards	under	the	scheme	were	made	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.

All	awards	made	under	the	EMI	scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	
period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	
number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	
determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	
The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	
satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	
vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	
and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	

Unapproved Share Option Scheme 
Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	Share	options	under	an	Unapproved	Share	Option	Scheme.	
The	first	option	awards	under	the	scheme	were	made	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.

All	awards	made	under	the	Unapproved	Share	Option	Scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	
expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	the	awards	or	
options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	
model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	
similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	service	
conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	
the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	
of	the	number	of	awards	and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	

It	is	the	intention	of	the	Group	that	Shares	needed	to	satisfy	awards	will	be	purchased	in	the	market	to	the	extent	that	they	are	
not	already	held	by	the	Group’s	employee	Share	trust,	unless	it	is	in	the	interests	of	the	Group	to	issue	new	Shares.

72

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201817. Employee Share schemes continued

Sharesave Scheme
The	Group	have	in	place	a	Thruvision	Group	Sharesave	Scheme,	which	allows	eligible	employees	to	use	regular	savings	to	
purchase	Shares.	Options	are	granted	at	a	discount	of	20%	of	the	market	value	of	the	Shares.	No	financial	performance	criteria	
are	attached	to	these	options	and	they	vest	3	years	from	the	date	of	grant	with	an	exercise	period	of	6	months.	There	are	no	
cash	settlement	alternatives.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.

The	movements	in	the	number	of	awards	and	options	is	shown	below:

Outstanding	at	1	April	2016
Granted
Forfeited
Outstanding	at	31	March	2017
Forfeited
Outstanding at 31 March 2018

Exercisable	at	31	March	2017
Exercisable at 31 March 2018

For the year ended 31 March 2018:
Range	of	exercise	prices
Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life
For	the	period	ended	31	March	2017:
Range	of	exercise	prices
Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life

Outstanding	at	1	April	2016
Granted
Forfeited
Outstanding	at	31	March	2017
Forfeited
Outstanding at 31 March 2018

Exercisable	at	31	March	2017
Exercisable at 31 March 2018

For the year ended 31 March 2018:
Range	of	exercise	prices
Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life
For	the	period	ended	31	March	2017:
Range	of	exercise	prices
Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life

HMRC	Approved	Options

Parallel	Options

Number	of 
options
1,289,323
344,214	
(242,454)
1,391,083
(1,295,473)
95,610

Weighted 
average 
exercise	price 
£
0.614
0.480	
0.829	
1.484
0.517
0.855

Number	of
options*
1,289,323	
344,214	
(242,454)
1,391,083
(1,295,473)
95,610

Weighted 
average 
exercise	price 
£
nil	
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

13,353
50,124

1.56
1.292

13,353
50,124

nil
nil

£1.195	–	£1.56
6.19	years

£0.365	–	£1.85
8.32	years

nil
6.19	years

nil
8.32	years

Top-Up	Awards

Sharesave	Scheme

Number	of
options*
4,929,088
2,073,286	
(1,065,809)
5,936,565	
(5,509,050)
427,515

11,818
294,181

nil
	6.48	years

nil
8.31	years

Weighted	
average 
exercise	price 
£
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

Number	of	
awards
447,685	
1,717,853	
(471,026)
1,694,512
(901,536)
792,976

Weighted	
average 
exercise	price 
£
0.96	
0.31	
0.96	
0.31	
0.31
0.31

nil
nil

–
–

–
–

nil
1.83	years

£0.31
2.83	years

*	 The	number	of	Parallel	Options	that	will	vest	are	not	fixed	and	will,	together	with	an	HMRC	Approved	Option,	deliver	the	same	value	to	the	employee	as	a	

Top-Up	Award.

73

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes	to	the	financial	information	continued

17. Employee Share schemes continued

EMI	Options

Unapproved	Options

Granted
Outstanding at 31 March 2018

Exercisable at 31 March 2018

Weighted	
average 
exercise	price 
£

Number	of
options
5,875,662
5,875,662

– 

For the year ended 31 March 2018:
Range	of	exercise	prices
Weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life

£0.1275	–	£0.1538
9.84	years

Weighted	
average 
exercise	price 
£
0.154
0.154

Number	of	
awards
374,513
374,513

– 

£0.1538
9.83	years

Assumptions used in the valuation of Share-based payment charge
The	fair	value	of	Share	awards	granted	in	the	period	and	the	assumptions	used	in	the	calculation	of	their	fair	value	on	the	date	of	
grant	were	as	follows:

Number	granted
Fair	value	per	option/award
Share	price	on	date	of	grant
Exercise	price
Vesting	period	(years)
Volatility
Risk-free	rate	of	return
Expected	life	(years)
Expected	dividend	yield

Number	granted
Fair	value	per	option/award
Share	price	on	date	of	grant
Exercise	price
Vesting	period	(years)
Volatility
Risk-free	rate	of	return
Expected	life	(years)
Expected	dividend	yield

HMRC	Approved	
Options	 
28	July	 
2016
344,214
£0.16
£0.48
£0.48
3.0
48.04%
0.05%
3.0
nil

Parallel	Options	
28	July	
2016
344,214
£0.32
£0.48
nil
3.0
48.04%
0.05%
3.0
nil

Top-Up	awards	
28	July	
2016
1,798,286
£0.48
£0.48
nil
3.0
48.04%
0.05%
3.0
nil

EMI Options 
17 January  
2018
5,475,662
£0.0690
£0.1538
£0.1538
3
44.65%
0.99%
6.5
nil

Sharesave	
Options	
29	July	
2016
1,717,853
£0.22
£0.47
£0.31
3.0
46.4%
0.06%
3.25
nil

Unapproved 
Options
17 January  
2018
374,513
£0.0690
£0.1538
£0.1538
3
44.65%
0.99%
6.5
nil

Top-Up	awards	
9	January	
2017
275,000
£0.398
£0.41
nil
3.0
48.74%
0.22%
3.0
nil

Top-Up	awards	
9	January	
2017
400,000
£0.0596
£0.1275
£0.1275
3
46.38%
1.21%
6.5
nil

It	has	been	assumed	that	there	will	not	be	any	early	exercise	of	awards.

A	charge	of	£109,000	(2017:	£424,000)	has	been	made	in	the	income	statement	to	spread	the	fair	value	of	the	awards	over	the	3	
year	service	obligations	of	these	incentives.	490,101	options	granted	under	the	Sharesave	Scheme	to	Video	Business	employees	
will	lapse	on	30	April	2018,	as	under	the	rules	of	the	scheme	participants	employed	by	a	Company	which	ceases	to	be	an	
Associated	Company	of	the	Company	by	reason	of	a	change	of	control	have	6	months	to	exercise	their	options	after	
such	cessation.

74

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
17. Employee Share schemes continued

Employee Benefit Trust
The	Thruvision	Group	plc	Employee	Benefit	Trust’s	(the	‘Trust’)	objective	is	to	hold	Shares	in	Thruvision	Group	plc	to	satisfy	
awards	under	the	Long-term	Incentive	Plan.	Costs	of	running	the	Trust	are	charged	to	the	Income	Statement.	Shares	held	by	the	
Trust	are	deducted	from	the	profit	and	loss	reserve	and	held	at	cost	to	the	Trust.	At	31	March	2018	the	Trust	did	not	hold	any	
Shares	in	the	Company	(2017:	nil).

Incentive Shares
On	22	February	2010,	Tom	Black,	Colin	Evans	and	Zak	Doffman	were	issued	a	total	of	217,500	Incentive	Shares	totalling	£217,500	
in	a	Share	for	Share	exchange	for	Digital	Barriers	Services	Limited	Shares.	The	Incentive	Shares	only	reward	participants	if	
Shareholder	value	s	created,	thereby	aligning	the	interests	of	the	Executive	Directors	with	those	of	Shareholders.	The	Incentive	
Shares	carry	the	right	to	12.5%	of	any	increase	in	the	value	of	the	Company	in	excess	of	the	retail	prices	index	after	1	February	
2010.	The	Incentive	Shares	did	not	carry	any	voting	or	dividend	rights	and	were	not	transferable	except	in	limited	circumstances.	

The	holders	of	Incentive	Shares	can	realise	value	from	the	Shares	either	by	converting	them	into	Ordinary	Shares	or	by	the	
Company,	at	its	election,	responding	to	a	request	to	convert	the	Shares	by	choosing	to	redeem	them.	

On	issue,	in	February	2010,	the	terms	relating	to	the	Incentive	Shares	provided	that	50%	of	the	Incentive	Shares	would	vest	(i.e.	
become	capable	of	conversion	into	Ordinary	Shares)	on	1	February	2013	and	50%	would	vest	on	1	February	2014.

The	fair	value	was	determined	using	a	Stochastic	model.	The	fair	value	of	the	Incentive	Shares	was	recognised	as	a	current	
liability	on	the	statement	of	financial	position	as	it	becomes	repayable	if	the	Executive	Directors	leave	office.	The	fair	value	of	the	
Incentive	Shares	was	determined	to	be	equivalent	to	the	original	amount	issued	(£217,500)	and	hence	no	Share-based	payment	
charge	was	recognised.	

The	valuation	of	Incentive	Shares	was	determined	by	running	a	series	of	scenarios,	which	used	variables	of	the	amount	of	equity	
capital	raised	at	the	IPO	and	the	amount	of	cash	used	in	acquisitions.	The	scenarios	incorporated	assumptions	on	the	market	
valuation	of	the	Company	at	grant	(£3	million),	inflation	over	the	period	to	conversion	(2.91%),	expected	Beta	of	companies	
invested	in	(0.7)	and	expected	equity	risk	premium	at	grant	date	(4.82%).	It	has	also	been	assumed	that	there	will	not	be	any	
early	exercise	of	Incentive	Shares.

Modification to terms
At	a	General	Meeting	held	on	27	December	2012,	the	terms	relating	to	the	Incentive	Shares	were	changed	so	that	25%	of	the	
Incentive	Shares	will	vest	on	the	date	being	5	business	days	after	the	publication	of	the	Company’s	preliminary	results	for	the	
immediately	preceding	financial	year	and	31	May	of	that	year	whichever	is	earlier	in	each	of	2013,	2014,	2015	and	2016.	

The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	has	been	calculated	in	the	year	by	
reference	to	the	incremental	fair	value	on	27	December	2012	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	compared	to	the	fair	value	on	
27	December	2012	of	the	original	Incentive	Shares.	The	total	incremental	fair	value	chargeable	over	the	period	to	June	2016	is	
£246,000.	This	resulted	in	a	charge	to	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement	in	the	year	of	£nil	(2017:	£5,000)	There	were	nil	
incentive	Shares	held	at	31	March	2018	(31	March	2017:	nil).	

The	key	assumptions	used	in	the	calculation	of	the	incremental	fair	value	on	modification	were	as	follows:

Conversion	date
Share	price	volatility
Risk	free	rate	of	return
RPI

June 
2013
26.9%
0.33%
3.1%

June 
2014
25.4%
0.32%
2.7%

June 
2015
26.2%
0.39%
2.5%

June 
2016
26.9%
0.53%
2.9%

June 
2017
48.04%
0.05%
3.5%

Conversion
In	accordance	with	the	provisions	relating	to	the	Incentive	Shares	contained	in	the	Articles	of	Association,	no	Ordinary	Shares	
were	due	in	respect	of	the	Incentive	Share	conversion	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2017	(vesting	period	8	June	2015	to	
6	September	2015).	

Provision	had	not	been	made	in	the	Articles	for	the	circumstance	whereby	Incentive	Shares	did	not	convert	into	Ordinary	Shares	
on	the	conversion	date.	Accordingly,	a	resolution	was	passed	so	that	Incentive	Shares	which	did	not	convert	to	Ordinary	Shares	
on	the	relevant	conversion	date	convert	to	Deferred	Shares	with	limited	rights.	

75

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

18. Business combinations

On	1	March	2016,	the	Group	acquired	100%	of	the	issued	Share	capital	of	Brimtek	Inc.	The	purchase	consideration	included	
initial	cash	consideration	and	an	amount	of	deferred	consideration.	

The	following	movements	in	the	amounts	recognised	for	deferred	consideration	have	taken	place:

As	at	1	April	2016
Exchange	movement
Release	of	deferred	consideration
As	at	31	March	2017

£’000
2,018
311
(2,329)
–

The	exchange	movement	on	the	deferred	consideration	is	a	translation	reserve	movement.	

Based	on	forecasts,	the	deferred	consideration	was	fully	released	at	31	March	2017.	In	June	2017	the	Group	agreed	early	
finalisation	terms	with	the	vendors	of	Brimtek.	The	terms	of	the	finalisation	involved	a	release	of	£1,126,000	from	escrow	back	to	
the	Group	and	no	deferred	consideration	to	be	paid.	

19. Financial instruments

Categories of financial assets and liabilities
The	Group	had	the	following	financial	assets	and	liabilities:	

The	amounts	below	are	contractual	undiscounted	cash	flows	and	include	both	interest	and	principal	amounts.

Assets as per statement of financial position
Trade	receivables
Accrued	income	
Other	receivables
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Note

14
14
14

Liabilities
Trade	payables
Accruals
Other	payables

On demand 
or less than 
1 year 
2018 
£’000

732 
549
4
1,285

Note

15
15
15

1 to 
2 years 
2018 
£’000

–
–
–
–

On	demand 
or	less	than 
1	year 
2017 
£’000

5,115
1,735
350
7,200

Total 
2018 
£’000

732
549
4
1,285

Amortised 
cost 
2018 
£’000

Amortised 
cost 
2017 
£’000

603
10
484
17,587
18,684

1	to 
2	years 
2017 
£’000

–
–
–
–

6,012
168
860
1,002
8,042

Total 
2017 
£’000

5,115
1,735
350
7,200

Fair value hierarchy
The	Group	uses	the	following	hierarchy	for	determining	and	disclosing	the	fair	values	of	financial	instruments	by	valuation	
techniques:

Level 1:	quoted	(unadjusted)	prices	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities;	

Level 2:	other	techniques	for	which	all	inputs	which	have	a	significant	effect	on	the	recorded	fair	value	are	observable,	either	
directly	or	indirectly;	and

Level 3:	techniques	which	use	inputs	which	have	a	significant	effect	on	the	recorded	fair	value	that	are	not	based	on	observable	
market	data.

The	Group	has	no	level	2	or	level	3	financial	liabilities.	The	fair	values	of	other	financial	assets	and	liabilities,	which	are	short-term,	
are	not	disclosed	as	the	Directors	estimate	that	the	carrying	amount	of	the	financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	not	significantly	
different	to	their	fair	value.	These	financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	carried	at	amortised	cost.

76

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
19. Financial instruments continued

Financial risk management
The	Group	has	a	centralised	treasury	function,	providing	a	service	to	the	Group	for	funding	and	foreign	exchange	management.	
Treasury	activities	are	managed	under	policies	and	procedures	approved	and	monitored	by	the	Board.	These	are	designed	to	
reduce	the	financial	risks	faced	by	the	Group,	which	primarily	relate	to	credit	risk,	foreign	currency	risk,	interest	rate	risk	and	
liquidity	risk.	The	Group	has	not	undertaken	any	trading	in	financial	instruments	during	the	year	(2017:	nil).

Credit risk
The	Board	monitors	the	Group’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	an	on-going	basis.	Cash	investments	are	only	allowed	in	liquid	
securities	with	major	financial	institutions	that	satisfy	specific	criteria.	The	maximum	credit	risk	exposure	at	the	statement	of	
financial	position’s	date	is	represented	by	the	carrying	value	of	financial	assets.	Cash	investments	have	been	held	with	2	major	
financial	institutions	in	the	year.	

The	Board	carries	out	a	formal	review	of	its	banking	arrangements	on	a	6-monthly	basis.	Details	of	the	Group’s	credit	risk	on	
trade	and	other	receivables	can	be	found	in	Note	14.

Customer concentration risk
The	Group	monitors	its	exposure	to	customer	concentration	risk	on	an	on-going	basis.	The	amount	of	the	risk	exposure	is	shown	
in	Note	14.

Market risk analysis
The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	to	a	variety	of	financial	risks:	market	risk	(including	interest	rate	risk	and	price	risk);	credit	risk;	
and	liquidity	risk	and	certain	other	price	risks.	The	main	risks	faced	by	the	Group	relate	to	the	availability	of	funds	to	meet	
business	needs	and	the	risk	of	credit	default	by	customers.	The	Group’s	overall	risk	management	programme	focuses	on	the	
unpredictability	of	the	currency	markets,	and	its	ongoing	operating	activities,	seeking	to	minimise	potential	adverse	effects	on	
the	Group’s	financial	performance.

Foreign currency risk
Operations	are	subject	to	foreign	exchange	risk	from	committed	transactions	denominated	in	currencies	other	than	their	
functional	currency	and,	once	recognised,	the	revaluation	of	foreign	currency	denominated	assets	and	liabilities.

Approximately,	42%	(2017:	74%)	of	Group	revenue	was	invoiced	in	currencies	other	than	Sterling,	predominantly	USD.	To	mitigate	
foreign	exchange	risk	arising	from	transactions	denominated	in	other	currencies,	forecast	revenues	and	costs	are	regularly	
reviewed	to	assess	any	potential	currency	exposures	and	whether	forward	currency	contracts	should	be	put	in	place.	Following	
the	acquisition	of	Brimtek	Inc.	the	Group	expected	to	generate	a	surplus	of	USDs.	To	mitigate	foreign	currency	risk	exposure,	the	
ability	to	increase	inventory	procurements	in	USD	was	regularly	reviewed,	which	provided	a	natural	hedge.	Following	the	
disposal	of	the	Video	Business	which	included	Brimtek,	the	potential	foreign	currency	exposure	has	reduced	but	potential	
currency	exposures	continue	to	be	reviewed.	There	were	no	material	currency	contracts	entered	into	during	the	year	(2017:	nil).	

The	Group	is	also	exposed	to	movements	in	foreign	currency	exchange	rates	in	respect	of	the	translation	of	net	assets	and	
income	statements	of	foreign	subsidiaries.	However,	this	translation	risk	is	not	hedged	as	it	is	immaterial	within	the	Group	and	
has	reduced	following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.	

As	part	of	the	acquisition	of	Brimtek,	intercompany	loans	were	established	between	Digital	Barriers	Inc.	and	Thruvision	Group	Plc	
which	exposed	the	Group	to	exchange	differences	on	retranslation	as	noted	in	Note	6	and	Note	7	(2018:	£486,000	loss,	2017:	
£1,862,000	gain).	These	loans	were	settled	prior	to	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.

The	Group	has	total	cash	assets	of	£17,587,000	(2017:	£1,020,000)	of	which	£17,318,000	(2017:	£321,000)	are	Sterling	
denominated	and	£268,000	(2017:	£681,000)	are	in	other	currencies,	mainly	USD	and	Euro.

Interest rate risk
The	Group	has	£nil	financial	assets	on	fixed	rate	deposits	(2017:	£nil),	and	£16,338,000	on	floating	rate	deposits.

A	reasonably	possible	change	in	interest	rates	is	25	basis	points.	An	increase	of	25	basis	points	would	give	rise	to	an	additional	
£41,000	(2017:	£nil)	of	finance	income.	A	decrease	of	25	basis	points	would	give	rise	to	a	reduction	in	finance	income	of	£41,000	
(2017:	£nil).	The	Group	is	not	exposed	to	interest	rate	risks	on	other	assets	and	liabilities,	which	are	transacted	on	normal	
commercial	terms.

Liquidity risk 
The	Group’s	policy	is	to	maintain	sufficient	headroom	to	meet	its	foreseeable	financing	requirements.	Substantial	financial	assets	
are	held	by	the	Group	to	meet	its	planned	requirements.	Further	information	on	the	Group’s	cash	position	can	be	found	in	the	
Financial	review	on	page	9.	

The	Group	manages	liquidity	risk	by	continuously	monitoring	forecast	and	actual	cash	flows	in	the	long	and	short-term.

77

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

19. Financial instruments continued

On	17	October	2016	the	Group	replaced	an	existing	£5.25	million	secured	working	capital	facility	for	export	activities	with	a	new	2	
year	£10.0	million	secured	revolving	credit	facility	with	Investec	Bank	plc.	The	funds	available	through	this	facility	were	to	be	used	
to	meet	the	increasing	working	capital	requirements	of	the	Group’s	operating	activities.	The	facility	was	secured	by	a	fixed	and	
floating	charge	over	the	Group’s	assets	and	included	covenants	which	were	tested	quarterly.	The	facility	was	not	being	utilised	at	
31	March	2017,	but	was	drawn	during	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.	No	banking	covenants	were	breached	and	waivers	to	
covenants	tests	were	agreed	with	Investec	during	the	testing	period.	In	addition	to	this	secured	facility,	28	September	2017	the	
Group	arranged	an	unsecured	£5.25	million	loan	facility	with	Herald	Investment	Trust	to	supplement	the	above	facility	for	a	period	
of	15	months,	which	was	not	drawn	on.	Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	both	facilities	were	cancelled.	

Capital risk management
The	Group	defines	its	capital	as	its	total	equity.	At	this	stage	of	the	Group’s	development,	its	policy	is	to	have	available	the	
necessary	financial	resources	to	allow	the	Group	to	invest	in	areas	that	may	deliver	future	benefit	to	investors	and	to	fund	its	
existing	operations.	The	Group	reviews	the	capital	structure	on	a	regular	basis	and	considers	the	cost	of	capital	and	the	risks	and	
benefits	associated	with	different	forms	of	capital	available	to	the	Group.	At	31	March	2018,	total	equity	amounted	to	
£19,479,000	(2017:	£38,914,000).

Following	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	the	cash	proceeds	from	the	sale,	after	related	fees,	are	significantly	greater	than	the	
funding	requirements	of	the	continuing	operations	of	the	Group,	and	as	a	result	the	Board	announced	on	12	March	2018	its	
intention	to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	Shareholders	via	a	tender	offer,	possibly	combined	with	an	on-market	Share	buy-back	
programme.	

The	declaration	and	payment	by	the	Group	of	any	future	dividends	on	the	Ordinary	Shares	and	the	amount	will	depend	on	the	
results	of	the	Group’s	operations,	its	financial	condition,	cash	requirements,	future	prospects,	profits	available	for	distribution	
and	other	factors	deemed	to	be	relevant	at	the	time.	However,	given	the	Group’s	early	stage	of	development,	the	Directors	do	
not	envisage	that	the	Group	will	pay	dividends	in	the	foreseeable	future	and	intend	to	reinvest	surplus	funds	in	the	development	
of	the	Group’s	business.	The	Board	will	regularly	review	the	appropriateness	of	its	dividend	policy.

20. Obligations under operating leases

At	year	end,	the	Group	had	commitments	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases,	principally	for	offices	and	vehicles,	as	follows:

Future minimum lease payments payable
Within	1	year
After	1	year	but	not	more	than	5	years
After	5	years

Continuing 
Operations

Discontinued 
Operations

Continuing	
Operations

Discontinued	
Operations

Land and 
buildings 
2018 
£’000

143
355
8
506

Other 
2018 
£’000

9
22
–
31

Total 
2018 
£’000

152
377
8
537

Land	and	
buildings 
2017 
£’000

691
716
–
1,407

Other 
2017 
£’000

28
8
–
36

Total 
2017 
£’000

719
724
–
1,443

The	Group	has	no	significant	sub-leases	or	contingent	rentals.

21. Provisions

At	1	April	2016
Utilisation
Charged	to	income	statement
At	31	March	2017
Utilisation
Disposal	of	Video	Business
At 31 March 2018

Current
Non-current

78

Other 
provision 
£’000
20	
–
–
20	
–
(20)
–

Onerous	lease	
provision 
£’000
134	
(28)
–
106	
(41)
–
65

–
–

29
36

Total 
£’000
154	
(28)
–
126	
(41)
(20)
65

29
36

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
21. Provisions continued

A	provision	was	recognised	in	relation	to	lease	rentals	on	vacant	properties	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2014.	The	£36,000	 
(2017:	£77,000)	non-current	provision	relates	to	a	lease	that	expires	in	2020.

The	Other	provision,	consists	of	a	dilapidations	provision	of	£nil	(2017:	£13,000)	in	relation	to	the	lease	of	the	Singapore	office	
and	a	legal	provision	of	£nil	(2017:	£7,000)	in	respect	of	a	dispute	in	France.	Both	the	Singapore	and	France	subsidiaries	were	
disposed	of	as	part	of	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business.

22. Commitments

There	are	no	capital	commitments	at	31	March	2018	(2017:	nil).

The	Group	has	provided	guarantees	to	none	(2017:	two)	third	party	customers	in	relation	to	the	performance	and	delivery	of	
contracts.	No	liability	is	expected	to	arise	as	a	result	of	these	commitments.	

23. Related party transactions

Remuneration
The	remuneration	of	Directors	and	other	members	of	key	management,	recognised	in	the	income	statement,	is	set	out	below	in	
aggregate.	Key	management	are	defined	as	the	Board	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	and	other	persons	classified	as	‘persons	
discharging	managerial	responsibility’	under	the	rules	of	the	Financial	Conduct	Authority.	Currently	no	employees	outside	of	the	
Directors	are	classified	as	‘persons	discharging	managerial	responsibility’.	

Directors’	remuneration
Pension	contributions

2018 
£’000
889
3
892

2017 
£’000
983
5
988

The	highest	paid	Director	received	£284,000	(2017:	£334,000)	in	the	year,	with	£1,000	in	pensions	contributions	(2017:	£3,000).	
Key	management	compensation	comprises	short-term	employee	benefits	(including	national	insurance)	of	£1,012,000	 
(2017:	£1,119,000),	pension	contributions	of	£3,000	(2017:	£5,000)	and	Share-based	payments	of	£66,000	(2017:	£99,000).

The	Directors	acquired	Shares	in	the	year	as	detailed	below:	

Tom	Black
Colin	Evans
Paul	Taylor

The	following	deferred	Shares	were	issued	to	Directors.

Tom	Black
Zak	Doffman
Colin	Evans

2018 
£’000
2,030,012
1,064,346
153,838

2018 
£’000
–
–
–
–

2017 
£’000
–
–
–

2017 
£’000
27,817
13,594
13,594
55,005

Other interest in Shares
Other	interests	in	Shares	of	the	Directors	are	included	in	the	Remuneration	report	on	page	36.

Loan facility
Herald	Investment	Trust	provided	the	Group	with	a	£5.25	million	working	capital	facility	as	detailed	in	Note	1.	This	facility	was	
unsecured	with	no	covenants	attached	to	it,	but	otherwise	was	on	principally	the	same	financial	terms	as	the	Investec	facility	as	
detailed	in	Note	15,	with	interest	payable	at	10%	over	3	month	Libor.

Tom	Black	is	a	member	of	the	Herald	Investment	Trust	Board	and	is	also	a	Director	of	Thruvision	Group	plc.	

Herald	Investment	Trust	holds	15,329,712	Ordinary	Shares	in	Thruvision	Group	plc	equating	to	9.28%	of	the	issued	Share	capital	
of	the	Group.

79

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

24. Post balance sheet event

Capital reduction
On	12	March	2018,	the	Group	announced	its	intention	to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	Shareholders,	and	in	order	to	be	able	to	
undertake	that	it	proposed	a	cancellation	of	the	Share	Premium	Account	and	Capital	Redemption	Reserve.	The	cancellation	was	
approved	at	the	General	Meeting	held	on	28	March	2018,	and	was	subsequently	confirmed	by	the	High	Court	on	1	May	2018.	
As	a	result,	£109,078,000	and	£4,786,000	was	cancelled	from	the	Share	Premium	Account	and	Capital	Redemption	Reserve	
respectively	creating	distributable	reserves	of	£113,864,000.

25. Disposal Group classified as held for sale

Video Business
On	7	October	2017	the	Board	signed	an	agreement	for	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business	segment	to	Volpi	Capital	LLP	for	a	
maximum	consideration	payable	of	£27.5	million	in	cash	of	which	£25.5	million	was	payable	on	completion	(on	a	cash	free/debt	
free	basis)	and	the	remaining	£2.0	million	payable	subject	to	the	Video	Business	securing	a	specific	trading	contract	within	
12	months	following	completion.	Further	amounts	will	become	payable	contingent	upon	the	successful	collection	of	an	old	debt	
from	a	customer	in	South	East	Asia	and	any	sales	of	a	specific	category	of	inventory.	The	Board	have	assessed	the	likely	amount	
recoverable	from	these	contingent	events	as	£405,000,	which	is	included	within	Other	Receivables	(see	Note	14).	The	sale	
completed	on	31	October	2017.	The	sale	included	a	number	of	the	Group’s	subsidiaries	(see	Note	26).

The	following	are	attributable	to	the	disposal	Group:	

Income statement

Revenue
Cost	of	sales
Gross	Profit
Expenses
Acquisition	related	income
Release	of	deferred	consideration
Loss	on	disposal	and	exit	costs
Pre-tax	loss	for	discontinued	operation

Impairment	of	goodwill	and	intangibles	on	valuing	at	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal
Loss	before	tax	attributable	to	discontinued	operation

Income	tax	credit/(expense)

Loss	after	tax	attributable	to	discontinued	operation	

Memo:
Loss	of	Services	division	held	for	sale	(below)

2018 
7 mths 
£’000
13,129
(10,603)
2,526
(11,240)
1,126
–
(4,458)
(12,046)

(4,291)
(16,337)

2017 
12	mths 
£’000
24,480
(15,503)
8,977
(20,057)
627
2,329
–
(8,124)

(7,500)
(15,624)

(92)

113

(16,429)

(15,511)

–

(207)

Loss	after	tax	attributable	to	discontinued	operations	per	Income	Statement

(16,429)

(15,718)

No	tax	arises	on	disposal.	

The	loss	arising	on	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business,	including	costs	of	disposal,	was	£4,458,000,	which	is	included	within	the	
£16,429,000	loss	as	shown	on	the	Income	Statement.

80

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201825. Disposal Group classified as held for sale continued

Breakdown of loss on disposal

Loss	as	disclosed	on	consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows	
(difference	between	net	assets	and	net	cash)
Contingent	consideration	recognised
Translation	reserve	release	on	disposal
Costs	of	disposal	and	exit	costs
Loss on disposal and exit costs

Loss per Share – discontinued operations

2018 
£’000
–
(2,085)
405
(708)
(2,070)
(4,458)

Basic	and	diluted	loss	per	Share

Loss attributable 
to discontinued 
operations 
2018 
£’000

Weighted 
average number 
of Shares  
2018 
No.
(17,130) 165,130,024

Discontinued 
loss per Share 
2018 
Pence
(10.37)

Profit	
attributable	to	
discontinued	
operations	2017	
£’000

Weighted	
average	number	
of	Shares	
2017	No.
(15,718) 165,120,640

Discontinued	
profit	per	Share	
2017	
Pence
(9.52)

The	inclusion	of	potential	Ordinary	Shares	arising	from	LTIPs	and	Incentive	Shares	would	be	anti-dilutive.	Basic	and	diluted	loss	
per	Share	has	therefore	been	calculated	using	the	same	weighted	number	of	Shares.

Cash flows
Cash	flows	attributable	to	the	disposal	Group	include:	

Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	operating	activities
Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	investing	activities
Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	financing	activities	
Cash	flows	from	discontinued	operations

Effect of disposal on the financial position of the Group

Property,	plant	and	equipment
Goodwill
Other	intangible	assets
Inventories
Trade	and	other	receivables
Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Trade	and	other	payables
Net assets and liabilities

Consideration	received,	satisfied	in	cash
Net cash inflow
Reconciliation to cash flow note
Net	proceeds
Less	net	assets	disposed	of
Loss	per	cashflow	note

2018 
£’000
(15,459)
19,245
7,166
10,952

2017 
£’000
(1,958)
(256)
(127)
(2,341)

2018 
£’000
520
12,251
10,033
6,382
6,651
928
(15,493)
21,272

19,187
19,187

19,187
(21,272)
2,085

Included	within	trade	and	other	payables	disposed	of	was	an	amount	of	£7,635,000	drawn	on	the	Investec	facility	which	was	
directly	repaid	by	Volpi	Capital	LLP	on	completion	of	the	transaction.

Until	the	date	of	disposal,	the	trade	of	the	Thruvision	business	and	its	assets	and	liabilities	were	undertaken	as	division	of	Digital	
Barriers	Services	Limited.	As	part	of	the	disposal	transaction,	the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	division	were	transferred	to	
Thruvision	Limited.	The	value	of	the	net	assets	transferred	was	£2,931,000.	The	consideration	for	the	transfer	was	£7,300,000	
settled	through	the	issue	of	consideration	Shares	to	Digital	Barriers	Services	Limited.	The	consideration	Shares	were	then	
transferred	to	Thruvision	Group	plc	as	settlement	of	an	outstanding	amount	of	£7,300,000	due	from	Digital	Barriers	Services	
Limited	to	Thruvision	Group	plc.

81

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

25. Disposal Group classified as held for sale continued

Services division
On	1	April	2016,	the	Board	signed	an	agreement	for	the	proposed	disposal	of	the	Services	segment	to	its	existing	management	
team	for	£1.	This	followed	the	view	that	the	Board	believed	that	the	Services	division	was	no	longer	strategic	to	the	Group’s	
future.	The	disposal	Group	was	classified	as	held	for	sale	in	March	2016.

The	sale	completed	on	19	May	2016.	

The	sale	included	limited	ongoing	customer	contracts	associated	with	the	Services	segment,	as	well	as	certain	assets	including	
vehicle	leases	and	limited	stock	and	moveable	assets.	The	book	value	of	the	assets	transferred	was	£0.1	million.	In	connection	
with	the	sale	the	Group	transferred	the	division’s	employees,	by	way	of	a	TUPE	process.	

The	following	are	attributable	to	the	disposal	Group:	

Income statement

Revenue
Cost	of	sales
Expenses
Exit	costs
Pre-tax	loss	for	discontinued	operation

Impairment	of	goodwill	and	intangibles	on	valuing	at	fair	value	less	costs	of	disposal
Loss	attributable	to	discontinued	operation

Income	tax	expense

No	tax	arises	on	disposal.

Loss per Share – discontinued operations

2018 
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

2017 
£’000
243
(387)
(62)
(1)
(207)

–
(207)

–

Basic	loss	per	Share
Diluted	loss	per	Share

Loss 
attributable to 
discontinued 
operations 2018 
£’000

Weighted 
average number 
of Shares 
2018 No.
– 165,130,024
– 165,130,024

Discontinued 
loss per Share 
2018 
Pence
–
–

Profit	
Weighted	
attributable	to	
average	number	
discontinued	
of	Shares	
operations	2017	
2017	No.
£’000
(207) 165,122,209
(207) 165,122,209

Discontinued	
profit	per	Share	
2017	
Pence
(0.13)
(0.13)

The	inclusion	of	potential	Ordinary	Shares	arising	from	LTIPs	and	Incentive	Shares	would	be	anti-dilutive.	Basic	and	diluted	loss	
per	Share	has	therefore	been	calculated	using	the	same	weighted	number	of	Shares.

Cash flows
Cash	flows	attributable	to	the	disposal	Group	include:	

Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	operating	activities
Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	investing	activities
Net	cash	flows	attributable	to	financing	activities	

2018 
£’000
–
–
–

2017 
£’000
–
–
–

Assets and liabilities 
As	at	31	March	2018,	the	carrying	amount	of	assets	and	liabilities	classified	as	held	for	sale	are	as	follows:

Carrying  
amount after 
classification as 
held for sale
2018 
£’000
–

Carrying	 
amount	after	
classification	as	
held	for	sale
2017	
£’000
–

Inventories

82

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 201826. Subsidiaries

Details	of	the	Company’s	subsidiary	undertakings	as	at	31	March	2018	are	as	follows:

Company	name
Thruvision	Limited

Thruvision	Inc.

Thruvis	Limited	**

Principal	activity
People-screening	
technology

People-screening	
technology
Dormant

Codestuff	Limited	**

Non-trading

Waterfall	Solutions	Limited

Non-trading

Zimiti	Limited

COE	Group	Ltd	**

Non-trading

Non-trading

Essential	Viewing	Systems	Limited*	** Non-trading

COE	Limited*	**

Timeload	Local	Ltd*	**	

Dormant

Dormant

Timeload	Holdings	Ltd*	**

Dormant

Timeload	UK	Ltd*	**

Dormant

Registered	offices
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA

21440,	Ashburn	Crossing	Drive,	 
Suite	140,	Ashburn	VA	20147,	USA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
C/O	Grant	Thornton	Company	
Secretarial	Services,	110	Queen	Street,	
Glasgow,	Scotland,	G1	3BX
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
C/O	Grant	Thornton	Company	
Secretarial	Services,	110	Queen	Street,	
Glasgow,	Scotland,	G1	3BX
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA

Group	
interest	in	
allocated	
capital
100%

Principally	
operates	in

Country	of	
incorporation
UK England	&	Wales

100%

USA

USA

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK

Scotland

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK

Scotland

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

*	 Held	indirectly	via	intermediate	holding	companies.	

**	Dormant	subsidiaries	exempt	from	audit	under	s479A	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

Waterfall	Solutions	Limited	and	Zimiti	Limited	will	audit	exempt	as	a	subsidiary	for	the	accounting	period	1	April	2017	to	
31	March	2018,	as	they	are	designated	for	wind	up	prior	to	the	filing	deadline	of	31	December	2018.

The	period	of	accounts	for	all	companies	is	1	April	2017	to	31	March	2018.

83

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	financial	information	continued

26. Subsidiaries continued

The	following	subsidiaries	were	disposed	of	as	part	of	the	disposal	of	the	Video	Business:

Company	name
Digital	Barriers	Services	Limited

Digital	Barriers	SAS

OmniPerception	Limited*

Brimtek	Inc.*

Digital	Barriers	Inc,

Principal	activity
Consulting	services	
Integrated	security	
solutions

Proprietary	video	
analytics	software	
solutions
Standoff	facial	
recognition
Provider	of	technical	
surveillance	solutions	
Holding	Company

Digital	Barriers	ME	FZ-LLC

Service	Office

Digital	Barriers	Singapore	PTE	Ltd

Service	Office

Digital	Barriers	SDN	BHD

Service	Office

OmniPerception	Holdings	Limited*

Non-trading

Applied	Image	Recognition	Limited*

Security	Applications	Limited*

Provider	official	
recognition	solutions
Non-trading

D	Ford	Associates	Limited*

Non-trading

Stryker	Communications	Limited*

Non-trading

Mutanderis	354	Ltd*

Dormant

Registered	offices	 
at	date	of	disposal
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA

WTC	Entrée	J,	1300	Route	Des	Cretes,	
CS	50255,	06905	Sophia	Antipolis	
Cedex,	France
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
21660	Red	Rum	Drive,	Suite	105,	
Ashburn,	VA	20147,	USA
C/O	Corporation	Services	Company,	
2711	Centerville	Rd,	Suite	400	
Wilmington,	New	Castle, 
Delaware	19808,	USA
Office	902,	Thuraya	Tower	1,	Dubai	
Internet	City,	Dubai,	UAE
32-01	Singapore	Land	Tower,	 
50	Raffles	Place,	048623,	Singapore
Suite	21	02	&	03,	21st	Floor,	Menara	
Haw	Par,	Jalan	Sultan	Ismail,	 
50250	KL,	Malaysia
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA
121	Olympic	Avenue,	Milton	Park,	
Abingdon,	Oxon,	OX14	4SA

Group	
interest	in	
allocated	
capital
100%

Principally	
operates	in

Country	of	
incorporation
UK England	&	Wales

100%

France

France

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

Virginia,	
USA
100% Delaware,	
USA

100%

Dubai	–	
UAE	
100% Singapore

USA

USA

UAE

Singapore

100% Malaysia

Malaysia

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

100%

UK England	&	Wales

*	 Held	indirectly	via	intermediate	holding	companies.	

**	Dormant	subsidiaries	exempt	from	audit	under	s479A	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

The	period	of	accounts	for	all	companies	is	1	April	2017	to	31	March	2018.

84

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Statement	of	Directors’	responsibilities	–	 
Company	financial	statements

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	Annual	Report	and	the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	United	
Kingdom	law	and	regulations.	

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	Under	that	law	the	Directors	have	
elected	to	prepare	the	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Practice	(United	
Kingdom	Accounting	Standards)	including	Financial	Reporting	Standard	101	‘Reduced	Disclosure	Framework’	(FRS	101)	and	
applicable	law.	Under	Company	Law	the	Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	they	
give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	affairs	of	the	Company	and	of	the	profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	for	that	period.	In	
preparing	those	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	required	to:	

•  select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	apply	them	consistently;

•  make	judgements	and	estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;

•  state	whether	applicable	accounting	standards,	including	FRS	101	‘Reduced	Disclosure	Framework’	have	been	followed,	

subject	to	any	material	departures	disclosed	and	explained	in	the	financial	statements;	

•  notify	the	Company’s	Shareholders	in	writing	about	the	use	of	disclosure	exemptions,	if	any,	of	FRS	101	used	in	the	

preparation	of	financial	statements;	and

•  prepare	the	financial	statements	on	a	going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	Company	will	continue	

in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	adequate	accounting	records	which	disclose	with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	
financial	position	of	the	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	that	the	financial	statements	comply	with	the	Companies	Act	2006.	
They	are	also	responsible	for	safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	steps	for	the	prevention	
and	detection	of	fraud	and	other	irregularities.

85

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCompany	balance	sheet
at	31	March	2018

Non-current assets
Investments
Trade	and	other	receivables

Current assets
Trade	and	other	receivables
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

 Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Equity	Share	capital
Share	premium
Capital	redemption	reserve	
Merger	reserve
Other	reserves
Retained	earnings
Total equity

Current liabilities
Trade	and	other	payables
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Note

31 March 2018 
£’000

31	March	2017 
£’000

4
5

5

6

7

7,317
–
7,317

809
16,393
17,202
24,519

1,814
109,078
4,786
–
16
(100,647)
15,047

42,451
6,187
48,638

8,095
44
8,139
56,777

1,814
109,078
4,786
106
2,114
(61,562)
56,336

9,472
9,472
24,519

441
441
56,777

The	Directors	have	taken	advantage	of	the	exemption	available	under	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	and	have	not	presented	
a	statement	of	comprehensive	income	for	the	Company.	The	loss	for	the	year	dealt	with	in	the	accounts	of	the	Company	was	
£39,151,000	(2017:	£41,673,000).

The	financial	statements	on	pages	86	and	87	(along	with	notes	on	pages	88	to	95	of	Thruvision	Group	PLC	(registered	Company	
number:	07149547)	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	on	25	June	2018	and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Tom Black   
Chairman	

Ian Lindsay 
Finance	Director

86

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018	
Company	statement	of	changes	in	equity
at	31	March	2018

At	1	April	2016
Loss	for	the	year
Incentive	Share	conversion
Share-based	payment	credit
At	31	March	2016
Loss	for	the	year
Share-based	payment	credit
On	disposal	of	the	Video	Business
At 31 March 2018

Share 
capital 
£’000
1,760
–
54
–
1,814
–
–
–
1,814

Share	
premium	
£’000
109,078
–
–
–
109,078
–
–
–
109,078

Capital	
redemption	
reserve	
£’000
4,786
–
–
–
4,786
–
–
–
4,786

Merger	
reserve	
£’000
106
–
–
–
106
–
–
(106)
–

Other 
reserves 
£’000
1,789
–
–
325
2,114
–
43
(2,141)
16

Retained 
Earnings 
£’000
(19,988)
(41,673)
–
99
(61,562)
(39,151)
66
–
(100,647)

Total 
equity	
£’000
97,531
(41,673)
54
424
56,336
(39,151)
109
(2,247)
15,047

Share	premium	represents	the	excess	over	nominal	value	of	the	fair	value	of	consideration	received	for	equity	Shares,	net	of	
expenses	of	the	Share	issue.

The	capital	redemption	reserve	represents	the	difference	between	the	proceeds	received	and	the	par	value	of	the	Shares	bought	
back	by	the	Company.

The	merger	reserve	arises	on	investments	in	subsidiaries	acquired	in	Share	for	Share	exchanges	where	merger	relief	from	
establishing	a	Share	premium	account	applies.	

Other	reserves	represent	Share	awards	granted	to	subsidiary	employees	where	no	repayment	has	been	sought.	These	amounts	
are	non-distributable.

The	notes	on	pages	88	to	95	form	part	of	these	financial	statements.

Details	of	the	Company’s	Share	capital	are	in	the	Group	Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity	and	Note	16	to	the	consolidated	Group	
financial	statements.

87

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	Company	balance	sheet
at	31	March	2018

1. Authorisation of financial statements and statement of compliance with FRS101

The	Company	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	were	authorised	for	issue	by	the	board	of	Directors	on	25	
June	2018	and	the	balance	sheet	was	signed	on	the	board’s	behalf	by	Tom	Black	and	Ian	Lindsay.	Thruvision	Group	plc	is	
incorporated	and	domiciled	in	England.	

These	financial	statements	were	prepared	in	accordance	with	Financial	Reporting	Standard	101	´Reduced	Disclosure	Framework`	
(FRS	101)	and	in	accordance	with	applicable	accounting	standards.	The	Company	has	adopted	an	IAS	1	format	in	its	financial	
statements,	as	permitted	by	FRS	101	(amended	July	2015)	using	the	‘adapted	formats’	in	Company	law,	as	amended	by	SI	
2015/980.

The	Company’s	financial	statements	are	presented	in	Sterling	and	all	values	are	rounded	to	the	nearest	thousand	pounds	(£’000)	
except	where	otherwise	indicated.	

The	principal	accounting	policies	adopted	by	the	Company	are	set	out	in	Note	2.

2. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
The	accounting	policies	which	follow	set	out	those	policies	which	apply	in	preparing	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	
31	March	2018.

The	Company	has	taken	advantage	of	the	following	disclosure	exemptions	under	FRS	101:

a)	

	the	requirements	of	IFRS	7	Financial	Instruments:	Disclosures;

b)	

	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	91	–	99	of	IFRS	13	Fair	Value	Measurement;

c)	

	the	requirements	of	IAS	7	Statement	of	Cash	Flows;

d)	

	the	requirements	of	paragraph	17	of	IAS	24	Related	Party	Disclosures;

e)	

	the	requirements	in	IAS	24	Related	Party	Disclosures	to	disclose	related	party	transactions	entered	into	between	2	or	more	
members	of	a	Group,	provided	that	any	subsidiary	which	is	a	party	to	the	transaction	is	wholly	owned	by	such	a	member;

f)	

	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	45(b)	and	46-52	of	IFRS	2	Share	Based	Payment;

g)	

h)	

	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	10(d),	10(f),	16,	38A,	38B,	38C,	38D,	40A,	40B,	40C,	40D,	111	and	134	to	136	of	IAS	1	
‘Presentation	of	Financial	Statements’;

	the	requirement	in	paragraph	38	of	IAS	1	‘Presentation	of	Financial	Statements’	to	present	comparative	information	in	
respect	of	paragraph	79(a)(iv)	of	IAS	1;	and

i)	

	the	requirements	of	paragraphs	130(f)(ii),	130(f)(iii),	134(d)	to	134(f)	and	135(c)	to135(e)	of	IAS	36	Impairment	of	Assets.

Basis of measurement
The	Company	financial	statements	are	prepared	on	the	historical	cost	basis	with	the	exception	of	derivative	financial	instruments	
which	are	classified	as	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss.

Going concern
The	accounts	have	been	prepared	on	a	going	concern	basis	as	described	in	Note	1	of	the	consolidated	Group	financial	
statements.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The	key	accounting	judgement	of	the	Company	is	the	carrying	value	of	its	investments	in	subsidiary	undertakings.	The	Company	
does	not	deem	its	investments	in	subsidiary	undertakings	to	be	impaired.

88

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20182. Accounting policies continued

Share-based payments 
Certain	employees	of	the	Company	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	awards	under	a	Long-term	Incentive	Plan	(‘LTIP’)	in	the	
form	of	nil-cost	options	and	HMRC	Approved	Options.	The	Group	combines	Parallel	Options	at	nil-cost	with	HMRC	Approved	
Options	so	that	the	value	awarded	to	employees	is	not	more	than	a	Top-Up	Award.	

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	prior	to	31	March	2015	are	subject	to	performance	and	service	conditions	which	included	
market	based	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	
the	fair	value	at	the	date	at	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	
fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Stochastic	model.	Market	conditions	are	incorporated	into	the	fair	value	calculation	at	grant	
date	using	multiple	simulations	of	the	Stochastic	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	
of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	
adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	non-market	performance	and	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	
conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	
cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	and	options	that	
actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	Parallel	Options	are	valued	at	the	difference	between	the	value	of	a	Top-Up	Award	and	an	
HMRC	Approved	Option.	At	the	date	of	grant,	it	was	assumed	that	the	non-market	performance	conditions	would	be	met.	
Adjustments	are	made	subsequently,	where	necessary,	to	reflect	updated	assessments	of	whether	non-market	performance	
conditions	will	be	met.

All	awards	made	under	the	LTIP	after	31	March	2015	are	subject	service	conditions	and	performance	conditions	that	relate	to	
revenue	(with	a	profit	related	underpin)	in	the	future.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	
determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	at	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	
are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	
account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	
expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	non-market	performance	and	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	
satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	
vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	
and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	Parallel	Options	are	valued	at	the	difference	between	the	value	of	a	Top-Up	
Award	and	an	HMRC	Approved	Option.	At	the	date	of	grant,	it	was	assumed	that	the	non-market	performance	conditions	would	
be	met.	Adjustments	are	made	subsequently,	where	necessary,	to	reflect	updated	assessments	of	whether	non-market	
performance	conditions	will	be	met.

Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	Share	options	under	an	Enterprise	Management	Incentive	
Scheme	(‘EMI’).	The	first	option	awards	under	the	scheme	were	made	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.

All	awards	made	under	the	EMI	scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	
period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	the	awards	or	options	are	granted	and	the	
number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	model.	Expected	volatility	was	
determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	similar	companies’	Share	price.	
The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	service	conditions	are	expected	to	be	
satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	
vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	of	the	number	of	awards	
and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	

Certain	employees	of	the	Group	receive	remuneration	in	the	form	of	Share	options	under	an	Unapproved	Share	Option	Scheme.	
The	first	option	awards	under	the	scheme	were	made	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.

All	awards	made	under	the	Unapproved	Share	Option	Scheme	are	subject	to	service	conditions.	The	total	amount	to	be	
expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	awards	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	date	on	which	the	awards	or	
options	are	granted	and	the	number	of	awards	that	are	expected	to	vest.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	the	Black-Scholes	
model.	Expected	volatility	was	determined	taking	into	account	historic	volatility	of	the	Group’s	Share	price	and	the	volatility	of	
similar	companies’	Share	price.	The	number	of	awards	expected	to	vest	are	adjusted	to	reflect	the	extent	to	which	service	
conditions	are	expected	to	be	satisfied,	based	on	conditions	prevailing	at	each	statement	of	financial	position’s	date	and	up	to	
the	date	of	vesting.	At	the	vesting	date,	the	cumulative	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	is	adjusted	to	take	account	
of	the	number	of	awards	and	options	that	actually	vest	on	the	above	basis.	

It	is	the	intention	of	the	Group	that	Shares	needed	to	satisfy	awards	will	be	purchased	in	the	market	to	the	extent	that	they	are	
not	already	held	by	the	Group’s	employee	Share	trust,	unless	it	is	in	the	interests	of	the	Group	to	issue	new	Shares.

89

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	Company	balance	sheet	continued

2. Accounting policies continued

Certain	Executive	Directors	have	been	issued	an	aggregate	of	217,500	for	Incentive	Shares.	The	Incentive	Shares	only	reward	
participants	if	Shareholder	value	is	created,	thereby	aligning	the	interests	of	the	Executive	Directors	with	those	of	Shareholders.	
The	Incentive	Shares	carry	the	right	to	12.5%	of	any	increase	in	the	value	of	the	Company	in	excess	of	the	retail	prices	index	after	
1	February	2010	(as	described	in	Note	17	of	the	Group	financial	statements).	The	Incentive	Shares	do	not	carry	any	voting	or	
dividend	rights	and	are	not	transferable	except	in	limited	circumstances.	The	holders	of	Incentive	Shares	can	realise	value	from	
the	Shares	either	by	converting	them	into	Ordinary	Shares	or	by	the	Company,	at	its	election,	responding	to	a	request	to	so	
convert	the	Shares	by	choosing	to	redeem	them.	They	are	treated	as	equity-settled	awards	with	a	market	vesting	condition.	The	
total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	Incentive	Shares	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	at	the	
date	at	which	the	Incentive	Shares	were	acquired.	The	fair	value	is	determined	using	a	Stochastic	model.	The	fair	value	of	the	
Incentive	Shares	was	recognised	as	a	current	liability	on	the	balance	sheet	as	it	becomes	repayable	if	the	Executive	Directors	left	
office	during	the	market	vesting	period.	

At	a	General	Meeting	held	on	27	December	2012,	the	terms	relating	to	the	Incentive	Shares	were	changed,	triggering	a	
revaluation.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	has	been	calculated	by	
reference	to	the	incremental	fair	value	on	27	December	2012	of	the	modified	Incentive	Shares	compared	to	the	fair	value	on	
27	December	2012	of	the	original	Incentive	Shares.	This	resulted	in	a	charge	to	the	Income	Statement	in	the	year	of	£nil	 
(2017:	£5,000).

Foreign currencies
The	Company’s	financial	statements	are	presented	in	Sterling.	Transactions	in	foreign	currencies	are	initially	recorded	in	the	
entity’s	functional	currency	by	applying	the	spot	exchange	rate	ruling	at	the	date	of	the	transaction.	Monetary	assets	and	
liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	retranslated	at	the	functional	currency	rate	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	balance	
sheet	date.	All	differences	are	taken	to	the	income	statement.	

Investments
Fixed	asset	investments	in	subsidiaries’	Shares	are	held	at	cost	(or	deemed	cost	as	at	the	date	of	transition)	less	any	accumulated	
impairment	losses	in	accordance	with	IAS	27:	‘Separate	financial	statements’.	

Share	options	granted	to	subsidiary	employees	are	included	within	capital	contributions	within	fixed	asset	investments	at	the	
amount	of	the	Share	based	payment	charge	incurred	by	the	subsidiary.	Investments	made	by	way	of	a	capital	contribution	into	
the	subsidiary	are	carried	at	cost.	

Impairment
The	Company’s	accounting	policies	in	respect	of	impairment	of	financial	assets	are	consistent	with	the	Group.

The	carrying	values	of	investments	in	subsidiary	undertakings	are	reviewed	at	each	reporting	date	to	determine	whether	there	is	
any	indication	of	impairment.	If	any	such	indication	exists,	then	the	asset’s	recoverable	amount	is	estimated.

Loans to Group undertakings 
Loans	to	Group	undertakings	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	
rate	method,	less	provision	for	impairment.

Cash equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	in	the	balance	sheet	comprise	cash	at	bank	and	in	hand	and	short-term	deposits	with	an	original	
maturity	of	3	months	or	less.

Employee Benefit Trust
The	Thruvision	Group	plc	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(the	‘Trust’),	which	purchases	and	holds	Ordinary	Shares	of	the	Company	in	
connection	with	certain	employee	Share	schemes,	is	included	in	the	Company’s	financial	statements.	Any	consideration	paid	or	
received	by	the	Trust	for	the	purchase	or	sale	of	the	Company’s	own	Shares	is	shown	as	a	movement	in	Shareholders’	equity.

90

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 20182. Accounting policies continued

Income taxes
Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	amount	expected	to	be	recovered	from	or	paid	to	the	taxation	authorities,	
based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	are	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	balance	sheet	date.

Deferred	income	tax	is	recognised	on	all	temporary	differences	arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	
carrying	amounts	in	the	financial	statements,	with	the	following	exceptions:

•  where	the	temporary	difference	arises	from	the	initial	recognition	of	goodwill	or	of	an	asset	or	liability	in	a	transaction	that	is	

not	a	business	combination	that	at	the	time	of	the	transaction	affects	neither	accounting	nor	taxable	profit	or	loss;

•  in	respect	of	taxable	temporary	differences	associated	with	investments	in	subsidiaries	where	the	timing	of	the	reversal	of	the	
temporary	differences	can	be	controlled	and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	differences	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	
future;	and

•  deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profit	will	be	available	against	

which	the	deductible	temporary	differences,	carried	forward	tax	credits	or	tax	losses	can	be	utilised.

Deferred	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	
when	the	related	asset	is	realised	or	liability	is	settled,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	
balance	sheet	date.

Income	tax	is	charged	or	credited	to	the	Income	statement	if	it	relates	to	items	that	are	charged	or	credited	to	other	
comprehensive	income.	Similarly,	income	tax	is	charged	or	credited	directly	to	equity	if	it	relates	to	items	that	are	credited	or	
charged	directly	to	equity.	Otherwise	income	tax	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

3. Employees

The	average	number	of	employees	during	the	period	were	as	follows:

Directors	and	administration

The	employee	benefit	expense	for	the	period	of	these	employees	amounted	to:

Salaries	and	short-term	employee	benefits
Social	security	costs
Pension	costs
Share-based	payments	

Average 
2018
7

Average	
2017
8

2018
£’000
1,207
142
4
66
1,419

2017	
£’000
1,173
156
6
99
1,434

91

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsNotes	to	the	Company	balance	sheet	continued

4. Investments

Cost
At	1	April	2016
Additions
At	31	March	2017
Additions
Disposals
At 31 March 2018
Amounts provided
At	1	April	2016
Provision	for	impairment
At	31	March	2017
Disposals
At	31	March	2018
Net book value
At 31 March 2018
At	31	March	2017

Shares	in	 
Group	
undertakings 
£’000

Capital	 
contributions 
£’000

23,327
89
23,416
7,300
(13,105)
17,611

9,279
5,118
14,397
(4,087)
10,310

7,301
9,019

35,092
7,691
42,783
6,045
(48,812)
16

–
9,351
9,351
(9,351)
–

16
33,432

Total 
£’000

58,419
7,780
66,199
13,345
(61,917)
17,627

9,279
14,469
23,748
(13,438)
10,310

7,317
42,451

Capital	contributions	in	the	period	related	to:

•  share-based	payments	to	employees	of	subsidiary	undertakings	of	£43,000	(2017:	£325,000);

•  recapitalisation	of	part	of	the	Digital	Barriers	Inc.	loan	held	in	place	of	£5,011,000	(2017:	£7,366,000);	and

•  recapitalisation	of	part	of	the	Digital	Barriers	SAS	loan	held	in	place	of	£991,000	(2017:	£nil).

The	additional	investment	in	the	current	year	relates	to	the	investment	in	Thruvision	Limited	following	the	transfer	of	the	assets	
and	liabilities	of	the	business	from	Digital	Barriers	Services	Limited.

The	additional	investment	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2017	relates	to	the	increase	in	Share	capital	of	the	subsidiary	of	Digital	
Barriers	SDN	BHD,	to	ensure	the	minimum	Share	capital	is	set	to	comply	with	Malaysian	law.

The	impairment	of	investments	in	the	year	ended	31	March	2017	of	£14,469,000	reflected	the	reduced	deemed	recoverable	
value	of	the	subsidiary	entities	which	has	been	apportioned	across	the	Shares	in	Group	undertakings	and	capital	contributions.

All	of	the	Company’s	investments	are	unlisted.	

Details	of	the	Company’s	subsidiary	undertakings	as	at	31	March	2018	are	disclosed	in	Note	26	of	the	Group	financial	statements.	

5. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due after 1 year
Interest	bearing	loans	–	subsidiary	
undertakings
Amounts falling due within 1 year
Amounts	owed	by	subsidiary	
undertakings
Interest	bearing	loans	–	subsidiary	
undertakings
Social	security	&	other	taxes
Prepayments	and	accrued	income
Deferred	consideration

92

Gross carrying 
amounts 
2018
£’000

Provision for 
impairment
2018
£’000

Net carrying 
amounts
2018 
£’000

Gross	carrying	
amounts	
2017
£’000

Provision	for	
impairment
2017
£’000

Net	carrying	
amounts
2017
£’000

–

315

–
40
49
405
809

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

6,187

–

6,187

315

–
40
49
405
809

35,822

(28,522)

7,300

752
19
24

–
–
–

752
19
24

36,617

(28,522)

8,095

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
£’000
–
28,522
28,522
665
(29,187)
–

Number

£’000

165,106,239
23,785
165,130,024

Number
163,124
163,124

1,651
–
1,651

£’000
163
163

£’000

1,651

2017	
£’000
–
157
231
53
441

5. Trade and other receivables continued

The	intragroup	interest-bearing	loan	was	a	US	dollar	denominated	loan,	with	an	interest	rate	of	5.5%	above	the	FED	rate.

The	movement	in	the	provision	for	doubtful	debts	is	as	follows:-

At	1	April	2016
Provided	in	period
At	31	March	2017
Provided	in	the	period
Released	on	disposal
At 31 March 2018

6. Share capital

Authorised,	allotted,	called-up	and	fully	paid
Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each
At	1	April	2016
Shares	issued	in	the	year
At 31 March 2017 and 2018

Authorised, allotted, called-up and fully paid
Deferred	Shares	of	£1	each
At	31	March	2017
At 31 March 2018

Total	Share	capital
At	31	March	2017	and	31	March	2018

Full	details	on	the	movements	in	Share	capital	are	provided	in	Note	16	of	the	Group	financial	statements.

7. Trade and other payables

Amounts	owed	to	subsidiary	undertakings
Trade	creditors
Accruals
Social	security	and	other	taxes

2018 
£’000
9,099
155
188
30
9,472

On	17	October	2016	the	Group	replaced	an	existing	£5.0	million	secured	working	capital	facility	for	export	activities	held	with	
HSBC	Bank	plc	with	a	new	2	year	£10.0	million	secured	revolving	credit	facility	with	Investec	Bank	plc.	The	Company	entered	into	
cross-guarantee	arrangements	in	respect	of	all	assets	of	the	Company.	The	funds	available	through	this	facility	were	to	be	used	
to	meet	the	increasing	working	capital	requirements	of	the	Group’s	organic	growth.	The	facility	was	secured	by	a	fixed	and	
floating	charge	over	the	Group’s	assets	and	includes	covenants	which	were	tested	quarterly.	The	facility	was	not	being	utilised	at	
31	March	2017,	but	was	drawn	during	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.	No	banking	covenants	were	breached	and	waivers	to	
covenants	tests	were	agreed	with	Investec	during	the	testing	period.	In	addition	to	this	secured	facility,	on	28	September	2017	
the	Group	arranged	an	unsecured	£5.25	million	loan	facility	with	Herald	Investment	Trust	to	supplement	the	above	facility	for	a	
period	of	15	months,	which	was	not	drawn	on.	Following	completion	of	the	Video	Business	the	Investec	facility	was	repaid	in	full	
and	both	facilities	cancelled.	

The	interest	rate	for	the	borrowing	under	both	these	facilities	was	10%	over	3-month	LIBOR,	with	a	non-utilisation	fee	payable	
where	applicable.

93

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes	to	the	Company	balance	sheet	continued

8. Financial liabilities

Current
Incentive	Shares

2018 
£’000

 –

2017	
£’000

–

Nil	(2017:	nil)	incentive	Shares	were	converted	into	Ordinary	Shares	(2017:	nil),	and	none	were	converted	into	deferred	Shares	
(2017:	£54,375).	Further	details	on	the	incentive	Shares	are	provided	in	Note	17	of	the	Group	financial	statements.	

9. Related party transactions

Transactions	with	the	Directors	of	the	Company	are	disclosed	in	the	Remuneration	report	and	in	Note	23	of	the	Group	
financial	statements.

Amounts	outstanding	due	from	related	parties	that	have	had	transactions	during	the	period	are	detailed	below:

Amounts	owed	by	subsidiary	undertakings
Interest	bearing	loans	owed	by	subsidiary	undertakings

2018
£’000 
315
–
315

2017
£’000
31,620
6,939
38,559

Amounts	owed	by	subsidiary	undertakings	are	interest	free	and	repayable	on	demand.	Interest	is	applied	at	commercial	rates	on	
the	interest	bearing	loans.	

Amounts	outstanding	due	to	related	parties	that	have	had	transactions	during	the	period	are	detailed	below:

Amounts	owed	to	subsidiary	undertakings

2018
£’000 
9,099
9,099

2017
£’000
–
–

Loan Facility
Herald	Investment	Trust	provided	the	Group	with	a	£5.25	million	working	capital	facility	as	detailed	in	Note	1.	This	facility	was	
unsecured	with	no	covenants	attached	to	it,	but	otherwise	was	on	principally	the	same	financial	terms	as	the	Investec	facility	as	
detailed	in	Note	15,	with	interest	payable	at	10%	over	3-month	Libor.

Tom	Black	is	a	member	of	the	Herald	Investment	Trust	Board	and	is	also	a	Director	of	Thruvision	Group	plc.	

Herald	Investment	Trust	holds	15,329,712	Ordinary	Shares	in	Thruvision	Group	plc	equating	to	9.28%	of	the	issued	Share	capital	
of	the	Group.

10. Contingent liabilities

The	Company	had	no	contingent	liabilities	as	at	31	March	2018.	As	at	31	March	2017,	under	the	terms	of	the	facility	with	Investec	
Bank	Plc,	the	Company	had	entered	into	a	cross-guarantee	in	respect	of	all	assets	in	the	Company	as	described	in	Note	7	above.	
Following	completion	of	the	Video	Business	the	loan	balance	was	repaid	in	full,	the	facility	cancelled,	and	the	charges	fully	satisfied.

94

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
11. Post balance sheet event

Capital reduction
On	12	March	2018,	the	Group	announced	its	intention	to	return	up	to	£8	million	to	Shareholders,	and	in	order	to	be	able	to	
undertake	that	it	proposed	a	cancellation	of	the	Share	Premium	Account	and	Capital	Redemption	Reserve.	The	cancellation	was	
approved	at	the	General	Meeting	held	on	28	March	2018,	and	was	subsequently	confirmed	by	the	High	Court	on	1	May	2018.	

12. Statutory and other information

The	Company	is	a	public	limited	Company	incorporated	and	domiciled	in	England	and	Wales.	The	Company’s	Ordinary	Shares	are	
listed	on	the	Alternative	Investment	Market,	regulated	by	the	London	Stock	Exchange.

Directors’	remuneration	is	disclosed	in	Note	23	of	the	Group	financial	statements.

The	fee	for	the	audit	of	the	Company	was	£7,000	(2017:	£7,816).	The	Company’s	individual	accounts	do	not	disclose	fees	for	
other	services	required	by	Regulation	5(1)(b)	of	the	Companies	(Disclosure	of	Auditor	Remuneration)	Regulations	2008	as	exempt	
because	the	Group	financial	statements	are	required	to	comply	with	and	include	the	disclosures	required	by	Regulation	5(1)(b).

Details	of	Share-based	payments	are	in	the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	29	to	36	part	of	these	financial	statements.	
Information	on	the	main	employee	Share-based	payments	is	given	in	Note	17	to	the	consolidated	Group	financial	statements.	
Details	of	the	remuneration	of	key	management	personnel	are	given	in	Note	23	to	the	consolidated	Group	financial	statements.

95

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsThruvision	Group	plc
Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting
(Incorporated	under	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	registered	in	England	and	Wales	with	registered	number	07149547)

NOTICE	IS	HEREBY	GIVEN	THAT	an	Annual	General	Meeting	(the	‘Meeting’	or	the	‘AGM’)	of	Thruvision	Group	plc	(the	‘Company’)	
will	be	held	at	the	offices	of	Osborne	Clarke	LLP,	One	London	Wall,	London,	EC2Y	5EB	at	10am	on	Friday	21	September	2018	to	
consider	and,	if	thought	fit,	to	pass	the	following	resolutions	of	which	Resolutions	1	to	8	will	be	proposed	as	Ordinary	resolutions	
of	the	Company	and	Resolutions	9	to	11	will	be	proposed	as	special	resolutions	of	the	Company:

Ordinary business

1.	

	To	receive	and	adopt	the	audited	financial	statements	of	the	Company	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018	and	the	reports	of	
the	Directors	and	auditors	thereon.

2.	 To	approve	the	Directors’	Remuneration	report	for	the	year	ended	31	March	2018.

3.	 To	re-elect	Paul	Taylor	as	a	Director,	who	retires	in	accordance	with	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association.

4.	

5.	

6.	

7.	

	To	elect	Ian	Lindsay	as	a	Director,	who	having	been	appointed	since	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting	offers	himself	for	
election	in	accordance	with	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association.

	To	appoint	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	as	auditors	of	the	Company	to	hold	office	from	the	conclusion	of	this	AGM	until	the	
conclusion	of	the	next	general	meeting	of	the	Company	at	which	accounts	are	laid	before	the	Company.

	To	authorise	the	Directors	to	determine	the	remuneration	of	the	auditors.

	To	approve	2	schedules	which	have	been	adopted	into	the	rules	of	the	LTIP,	in	the	form	presented	to	the	Meeting	and	as	
summarised	in	Appendix	1	below,	and	that	the	Directors	be	and	are	hereby	authorised	to	do	all	such	acts	and	things	as	they	
may	consider	appropriate	to	implement	the	schedules.

Special business

8.	

9.	

	That,	in	substitution	for	any	existing	authorities	and	powers	granted	to	the	Directors	pursuant	to	Section	551	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	(the	‘Act’)	prior	to	the	passing	of	this	resolution,	the	Directors	be	and	are	hereby	generally	and	
unconditionally	authorised	pursuant	to	Section	551	of	the	Act	to	exercise	all	powers	of	the	Company	to	allot	Shares	in	the	
Company,	and	to	grant	rights	to	subscribe	for	or	to	convert	any	security	into	Shares	of	the	Company	(such	Shares,	and	rights	
to	subscribe	for	or	to	convert	any	security	into	Shares	of	the	Company	being	‘relevant	securities’)	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	
amount	of	£550,433	and	unless	previously	renewed,	revoked,	varied	or	extended	this	authority	shall	expire	on	the	earlier	of	
the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	and	the	date	falling	15	months	after	the	date	of	passing	
of	this	resolution,	except	that	the	Company	may	at	any	time	before	such	expiry	make	an	offer	or	agreement	which	would	or	
might	require	relevant	securities	to	be	allotted	after	such	expiry	and	the	Directors	may	allot	relevant	securities	in	pursuance	
of	any	such	offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	authority	had	not	expired.

	That,	conditional	upon	the	passing	of	Resolution	8	and	in	substitution	for	all	existing	authorities	and	powers	given	to	the	
Directors	pursuant	to	Section	570	of	the	Act	prior	to	the	passing	of	this	resolution,	the	Directors	be	and	are	hereby	
empowered	pursuant	to	Section	570(1)	of	the	Act	to	allot	equity	securities	(as	defined	in	Section	560	of	the	Act)	of	the	
Company	wholly	for	cash	pursuant	to	the	authority	of	the	Directors	under	Section	551	of	the	Act	conferred	by	resolution	8	
above,	and/or	where	such	allotment	constitutes	an	allotment	of	equity	securities	by	virtue	of	Section	560(2)	of	the	Act	as	if	
Section	561(1)	of	the	Act	did	not	apply	to	any	such	allotment,	provided	that	such	power	conferred	by	this	resolution	shall	be	
limited	to:

a)	

	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	connection	with	an	invitation	or	offer	of,	or	invitation	to	apply	for,	equity	securities	
to	the	holders	of	Ordinary	Shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	(excluding	any	Shares	held	by	the	Company	as	treasury	
Shares	(as	defined	in	Section	724(5)	of	the	Act))	on	a	fixed	record	date	in	proportion	(as	nearly	as	practicable)	to	their	
respective	holdings	of	such	Shares	or	in	accordance	with	the	rights	attached	to	such	Shares	(but	subject	to	such	
exclusions	or	other	arrangements	as	the	Directors	may	deem	necessary	or	expedient	in	relation	to	fractional	
entitlements,	record	dates	or	legal	or	practical	problems	under	the	laws	of,	or	the	requirements	of,	any	regulatory	body	
or	any	stock	exchange	in	any	territory	or	otherwise	howsoever);	and

b)	

	the	allotment	(otherwise	than	pursuant	to	paragraph	(a)	of	this	resolution)	of	equity	securities	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	
amount	equal	to	£82,565.

And	unless	previously	renewed,	revoked,	varied	or	extended	this	power	shall	expire	on	the	earlier	of	the	conclusion	of	the	next	
Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	and	the	date	falling	15	months	after	the	date	of	passing	of	this	resolution,	except	that	
the	Company	may	before	the	expiry	of	this	power	make	an	offer	or	agreement	which	would	or	might	require	equity	securities	to	
be	allotted	after	such	expiry	and	the	Directors	may	allot	equity	securities	in	pursuance	of	any	such	offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	
power	had	not	expired.

96

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018	
	
Special business continued

10.		That,	in	substitution	for	any	equivalent	authorities	and	powers	granted	to	the	Directors	prior	to	the	passing	of	this	

Resolution,	the	Directors	be	and	they	are	empowered	in	addition	to	the	authority	granted	pursuant	to	Resolution	9	to	allot	
equity	securities	(as	defined	in	Section	560	of	the	Act)	of	the	Company	wholly	for	cash	pursuant	to	the	authority	of	the	
Directors	under	Section	551	of	the	Act	conferred	by	Resolution	8	above	(in	accordance	with	Section	570(1)	of	the	Act)	and/or	
by	way	of	a	sale	of	treasury	Shares	(in	accordance	with	Section	573	of	the	Act),	in	each	case	as	if	Section	561(1)	of	the	Act	did	
not	apply	to	such	allotment	provided	that:

a)	 the	power	conferred	by	this	resolution	shall	be:	

(i)	

limited	to	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	value	equal	to	£82,565;

(ii)	 	used	only	in	connection	with	an	acquisition	or	specified	capital	investment	which	is	announced	contemporaneously	
with	the	allotment,	or	which	has	taken	place	in	the	preceding	6-month	period	and	is	disclosed	in	the	announcement	
of	the	allotment;	and

b)	

	unless	previously	revoked,	varied	or	extended,	this	power	shall	expire	on	the	earlier	of	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	of	the	Company	and	the	date	falling	15	months	after	the	date	of	passing	of	this	resolution,	except	that	
the	Company	may	before	the	expiry	of	this	power	make	an	offer	or	agreement	which	would	or	might	require	equity	
securities	to	be	allotted	or	sold	after	such	expiry	and	the	Directors	may	allot	equity	securities	in	pursuance	of	such	an	
offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	power	had	not	expired.

11.		That	the	Company	be	and	is	hereby	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	(pursuant	to	Section	701	of	the	Act)	to	make	1	
or	more	market	purchases	(as	defined	in	Section	693(4)	of	the	Act)	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	(the	‘Exchange’)	of	any	of	
its	own	Ordinary	Shares	of	1	penny	each	(‘Ordinary	Shares’)	on	such	terms	and	in	such	manner	as	the	Directors	of	the	
Company	may	from	time	to	time	determine	provided	that:

a)	 the	maximum	number	of	Ordinary	Shares	hereby	authorised	to	be	purchased	is	24,752,990;

b)	

c)	

d)	

	the	maximum	price	(excluding	expenses)	which	may	be	paid	for	an	Ordinary	Share	is	an	amount	equal	to	110%	of	the	
average	of	the	middle	market	quotations	for	an	Ordinary	Share	derived	from	the	AIM	appendix	of	the	Daily	Official	List	
of	the	Exchange	for	the	5	business	days	immediately	prior	to	the	day	on	which	the	Share	is	contracted	to	be	purchased;

	the	minimum	price	which	may	be	paid	for	an	Ordinary	Share	is	1	penny	exclusive	of	attributable	expenses	payable	by	the	
Company;	and

	the	authority	conferred	by	this	resolution,	unless	previously	renewed,	revoked,	varied	or	extended,	shall	expire	on	the	
earlier	of	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	and	the	date	falling	15	months	after	the	
date	of	passing	this	resolution,	except	that	the	Company	may,	before	such	expiry,	enter	into	1	or	more	contracts	for	the	
purchase	of	Ordinary	Shares	which	may	be	completed	by	or	executed	wholly	or	partly	after	the	expiration	of	this	
authority.

By	order	of	the	Board:

John Woollhead  
Company	Secretary

25	June	2018

Registered	Office 
121,	Olympic	Avenue 
Milton	Park	 
Abingdon	 
Oxon 
OX14	4SA

97

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Thruvision	Group	plc
Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting	continued

Appendix 1 Explanatory notes to certain resolutions

Resolution 7 – Amendments to the Long-term Incentive Plan
It	is	proposed	to	incorporate	2	schedules	into	the	rules	of	the	Company’s	Long	Term	Incentive	Plan	(the	‘LTIP’)	that	will:

(i)	

facilitate	(if	any)	the	lawful	grant	of	stock	options	to	participants	who	are	resident	in	the	State	of	California;	and

(ii)	 facilitate	(if	any)	the	grant	of	qualified	incentive	stock	options	for	the	purposes	of	US	tax	law.	

The	effect	of	each	of	the	proposed	schedules	is	to	make	purely	technical	changes	to	the	terms	on	which	LTIP	awards	may	be	
granted:	(i)	to	ensure	that	the	grant	of	stock	options	in	the	State	of	California	meets	the	requirements	as	set	out	in	applicable	
Californian	laws;	and	(ii)	to	provide	potential	tax	favoured	treatment	for	any	market	priced	option	awards	granted	to	US	
taxpayers.

It	is	a	requirement	of	US	law	that	each	schedule	is	approved	by	an	Ordinary	resolution	of	the	Shareholders	no	later	than	
12	months	from	the	date	on	which	the	relevant	schedule	is	adopted	into	the	rules	of	the	LTIP.	Each	schedule	was	adopted	by	the	
Remuneration	Committee	of	the	board	of	Directors	on	17	January	2018,	conditional	on	approval	by	Shareholders.	Accordingly,	
Shareholder	approval	for	the	adoption	of	each	schedule	is	now	being	sought	at	the	AGM.	
Resolution 8 – Directors’ power to allot relevant securities
This	resolution	grants	the	Directors	authority	to	allot	Shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	and	other	relevant	securities	up	to	an	
aggregate	nominal	value	of	£550,433,	representing	approximately	one-third	of	the	nominal	value	of	the	issued	Ordinary	Share	
capital	of	the	Company	as	at	25	June	2018,	being	the	latest	practicable	date	before	the	publication	of	this	notice.	Unless	revoked,	
varied	or	extended,	this	authority	will	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or	the	date	
falling	15	months	from	the	passing	of	the	resolution,	whichever	is	the	earlier.
Resolution 9 – Directors’ power to issue Shares for cash
This	resolution	authorises	the	Directors	in	certain	circumstances	to	allot	equity	securities	for	cash	other	than	in	accordance	with	
the	statutory	pre-emption	rights	(which	require	a	Company	to	offer	all	allotments	for	cash	first	to	existing	Shareholders	in	
proportion	to	their	holdings).	The	relevant	circumstances	are	either	where	the	allotment	takes	place	in	connection	with	a	rights	
issue	or	the	allotment	is	limited	to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£82,565,	representing	approximately	5%	of	the	nominal	value	
of	the	issued	Ordinary	Share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	25	June	2018	(being	the	latest	practicable	date	before	the	publication	
of	this	notice)	for	general	purposes.	Unless	revoked,	varied	or	extended,	this	authority	will	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	
Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or	15	months	after	the	passing	of	the	resolution,	whichever	is	the	earlier.
Resolution 10 – Directors’ power to issue Shares for cash
This	resolution	authorises	the	Directors	to	allot	further	equity	securities	for	cash	in	connection	with	acquisitions	or	other	
specified	capital	investments	which	are	announced	contemporaneously	with	the	allotment,	or	which	has	taken	place	in	the	
preceding	6	month	period	and	is	disclosed	in	the	announcement	of	the	allotment.	This	authority	is	limited	to	a	maximum	
nominal	amount	of	£82,565	which	represents	approximately	5%	of	the	nominal	value	of	the	issued	Ordinary	Share	capital	of	the	
Company	as	at	25	June	2018	(being	the	latest	practicable	date	before	publication	of	this	notice).	The	Directors	consider	that	the	
power	proposed	to	be	granted	by	resolution	10	is	necessary	to	retain	flexibility,	although	they	do	not	have	any	intention	at	the	
present	time	of	exercising	such	power.	Unless	revoked,	varied	or	extended,	this	authority	will	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	
Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or	15	months	after	the	passing	of	the	resolution,	whichever	is	the	earlier.
Resolution 11 – Directors’ authority to purchase Shares (market purchases)
This	resolution	authorises	the	Directors	to	make	market	purchases	of	up	to	24,752,990	Ordinary	Shares	(representing	
approximately	14.99%	of	the	Company’s	issued	Ordinary	Share	capital	as	at	25	June	2018,	being	the	latest	practicable	date	
before	publication	of	this	notice).	Shares	so	purchased	may	be	cancelled.	The	authority	will	expire	at	the	end	of	the	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or	15	months	from	the	passing	of	the	resolution,	whichever	is	the	earlier.	The	Directors	intend	
to	seek	renewal	of	this	authority	at	subsequent	Annual	General	Meetings.

The	minimum	price	that	can	be	paid	for	an	Ordinary	Share	is	1	penny,	being	the	nominal	value	of	an	Ordinary	Share.	The	
maximum	price	that	can	be	paid	is	10%	over	the	average	of	the	middle	market	prices	for	an	Ordinary	Share,	derived	from	the	
AIM	appendix	of	the	Daily	Official	List	of	the	London	Stock	Exchange,	for	the	5	business	days	immediately	before	the	day	on	
which	the	relevant	Share	is	contracted	to	be	purchased.

The	Directors	intend	to	exercise	this	right	only	when,	in	light	of	the	market	conditions	prevailing	at	the	time	and	taking	into	
account	all	relevant	factors	(for	example,	the	effect	on	earnings	per	Share),	they	believe	that	such	purchases	are	in	the	best	
interests	of	the	Company	and	its	Shareholders	generally.	The	overall	position	of	the	Company	will	be	taken	into	account	before	
deciding	upon	this	course	of	action.

98

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018	
	
Appendix 1 Explanatory notes to certain resolutions continued

Explanatory notes on proxy voting:

1.	

2.	

3.	

4.	

5.	

6.	

	Every	Shareholder	has	the	right	to	appoint	some	other	person(s)	of	their	choice,	who	need	not	be	a	Shareholder,	as	his	or	her	
proxy	to	exercise	all	or	any	of	his	or	her	rights,	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	on	their	behalf	at	the	AGM.	If	you	wish	to	appoint	a	
person	other	than	the	Chairman,	please	insert	the	name	of	your	chosen	proxy	holder	in	the	space	provided	on	the	reverse	of	
the	proxy	form.	If	the	proxy	is	being	appointed	in	relation	to	less	than	your	full	voting	entitlement,	please	enter	in	the	box	
next	to	the	proxy	holder’s	name	on	the	reverse	of	the	proxy	form,	the	number	of	Shares	in	relation	to	which	they	are	
authorised	to	act	as	your	proxy.	If	returned	without	an	indication	as	to	how	the	proxy	shall	vote	on	any	particular	matter,	the	
proxy	will	exercise	his	or	her	discretion	as	to	whether,	and	if	so	how,	he	or	she	votes	(or	if	this	proxy	form	has	been	issued	in	
respect	of	a	designated	account	for	a	Shareholder,	the	proxy	will	exercise	his	or	her	discretion	as	to	whether,	and	if	so	how,	
he	or	she	votes).

	To	appoint	more	than	1	proxy	to	exercise	rights	attached	to	different	Shares,	an	additional	proxy	form(s)	may	be	obtained	by	
contacting	the	Registrar’s	helpline	on	0370	707	1889	or	you	may	photocopy	the	proxy	form.	Please	indicate	in	the	box	next	
to	the	proxy	holder’s	name	on	the	reverse	of	the	proxy	form	the	number	of	Shares	in	relation	to	which	they	are	authorised	
to	act	as	your	proxy.	Please	also	indicate	by	marking	the	box	provided	if	the	proxy	instruction	is	one	of	multiple	instructions	
being	given.	All	forms	must	be	signed	and	should	be	returned	together	in	the	same	envelope.	

	To	be	valid	a	proxy	form,	and	the	original	or	duly	certified	copy	of	the	power	of	attorney	or	other	authority	(if	any)	under	
which	it	is	signed	or	authenticated	should	reach	the	Company’s	registrar,	Computershare	Investor	Services	plc,	The	Pavilions,	
Bridgwater	Road,	Bristol	BS13	8AE	by	no	later	than	10.00	am	on	Wednesday	19	September	2018.	You	can	only	appoint	a	
proxy	using	the	procedures	set	out	in	these	notes	and	in	the	notes	to	the	proxy	form.

	The	‘Vote	Withheld’	option	is	provided	to	enable	you	to	abstain	on	any	particular	resolution.	However,	it	should	be	noted	
that	a	‘Vote	Withheld’	is	not	a	vote	in	law	and	will	not	be	counted	in	the	calculation	of	the	proportion	of	the	votes	‘For’	and	
‘Against’	a	resolution.

	Pursuant	to	Regulation	41	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001	(as	amended),	entitlement	to	attend	and	vote	at	
the	AGM	and	the	number	of	votes	which	may	be	cast	thereat	will	be	determined	by	reference	to	the	Register	of	Members	of	
the	Company	at	6.00	p.m.	on	Wednesday	19	September	2018	(or	if	the	AGM	is	adjourned,	48	hours	before	the	time	fixed	for	
the	adjourned	AGM.	Changes	to	entries	on	the	Register	of	Members	after	that	time	shall	be	disregarded	in	determining	the	
rights	of	any	person	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	AGM.

	To	appoint	1	or	more	proxies	or	to	give	an	instruction	to	a	proxy	(whether	previously	appointed	or	otherwise)	via	the	CREST	
system,	CREST	messages	must	be	received	by	the	issuer’s	agent	(ID	number	3RA50)	not	later	than	10.00	am	on	Wednesday	
19	September	2018	being	2	working	days	before	the	time	appointed	for	holding	the	AGM.	For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	
receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	determined	by	the	timestamp	generated	by	the	CREST	system)	from	which	the	
issuer’s	agent	is	able	to	retrieve	the	message.	The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	proxy	appointment	sent	by	CREST	in	the	
circumstances	set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001	(as	amended).

7.	

	The	address	on	the	proxy	form	is	how	it	appears	on	the	Register	of	Members.	If	this	information	is	incorrect	please	ring	the	
Registrar’s	helpline	on	0370	707	1889	to	request	a	change	of	address	form	or	go	to	www.investorcentre.co.uk	to	use	the	
online	Investor	Centre	service.

8.	 Any	alterations	made	to	the	proxy	forms	should	be	initialled.

9.	 The	completion	and	return	of	the	proxy	forms	will	not	preclude	a	member	from	attending	the	AGM	and	voting	in	person.

10.	 	In	the	case	of	joint	holders	of	Shares,	the	vote	of	the	first	named	in	the	register	of	members	who	tenders	a	vote,	whether	in	

person	or	by	proxy,	shall	be	accepted	to	the	exclusion	of	the	votes	of	other	joint	holders.

11.	 	Please	note	that	communications	regarding	the	matters	set	out	in	this	Notice	of	AGM	will	not	be	accepted	in	electronic	form,	

other	than	as	specified	in	the	accompanying	proxy	form.

12.	 	A	member	that	is	a	Company	or	other	organisation	not	having	a	physical	presence	cannot	attend	in	person	but	can	appoint	
someone	to	represent	it.	This	can	be	done	in	either	one	of	two	ways:	Either	by	appointment	of	a	proxy	(described	in	Note	1	
above)	or	of	a	corporate	representative.	Members	considering	the	appointment	of	a	corporate	representative	should	check	
their	own	legal	position,	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	and	the	relevant	provision	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

13.	 	A	copy	of	the	draft	rules	of	the	LTIP,	in	the	proposed	amended	form,	will	be	available	for	inspection	at	the	offices	of	New	

Bridge	Street	(an	Aon	Hewitt	Ltd	company)	at	The	Aon	Centre,	The	Leadenhall	Building,	122	Leadenhall	Street,	London	EC3V	
4AN	during	normal	business	hours	on	any	weekday	(English	public	holidays	excepted)	until	the	close	of	the	AGM	and	at	the	
place	of	the	AGM	for	at	least	15	minutes	prior	to	and	during	the	AGM.

99

Other informationAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 Thruvision Group plcOverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsOfficers	and	professional	advisors

Directors and Officers

Tom Black
Chairman

Colin Evans
Managing	Director

Ian Lindsay
Finance	Director	–	appointed	1	March	2018

Paul Taylor
Non-Executive	Director

Zak Doffman
Chief	Executive	Officer	–	resigned	31	October	2017

Sharon Cooper
Chief	Financial	Officer	–	resigned	31	October	2017

Bernie Waldron
Non-Executive	Director	–	resigned	23	October	2017

John Woollhead
Company	Secretary

Registered Office

121,	Olympic	Avenue 
Milton	Park 
Abingdon 
Oxon 
OX14	4SA

Registered	No:	07149547

Registrars

Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	 
BS99	6ZZ

Auditors

Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP
3140	Rowan	Place
John	Smith	Drive
Oxford	Business	Park	South
Oxford	 
OX4	2WB

Nominated Advisor

Investec
2	Gresham	Street
London	 
EC2V	7QP

Financial PR

F	T	I	Consulting
Holborn	Gate,	26	Southampton	Buildings
London	 
WC2A	1PB

Bankers

HSBC
City	of	London	Corporate	Banking	Centre
60	Queen	Victoria	Street
London	 
EC4N	4TR

Solicitors

Osborne	Clarke
One	London	Wall
London	 
EC2Y	5EB

100

Thruvision Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

T

h

r

u

v

i

s

i

o

n

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Annual Report
and Accounts
2018

Thruvision Group plc is a specialist provider of people-screening technology that can detect 
weapons, explosives and contraband hidden under clothing. Developed with extensive  
support from the British and US Governments, Thruvision technology is operationally  
proven and is being used to enhance the security of transport hubs, borders, high profile 

buildings and public areas.

www.thruvision.com

FAST     SAFE     PROVEN
FAST     SAFE     PROVEN